Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

supposing (other)

  • 1 supposing

    cj если; предположим, допустим

    supposing it rains what shall we do? a — что мы будем делать, если пойдёт дождь?

    Синонимический ряд:
    1. assuming (verb) assuming; positing; postulating; premising; presupposing
    2. conjecturing (verb) conjecturing; guessing; inferring; presuming; pretending; reputing; surmising; thinking
    3. understanding (verb) believing; conceiving; expecting; gathering; imagining; suspecting; taking; understanding
    4. assuming (other) assuming; based on said premise; conceiving; hypothetically; if we suppose; presuming; presupposing; supposed; taking for granted

    English-Russian base dictionary > supposing

  • 2 provided

    1. a обеспеченный
    2. a снабжённый
    3. a готовый
    4. a предусмотренный
    5. cj при условии, если только, в том случае если

    I shall give you my dictionary provided you return it tomorrow — я дам вам свой словарь при условии, что вы завтра его вернёте

    provided there — при условии, что

    provided that if — при условии, что

    this is not the case provided — это не так, если

    Синонимический ряд:
    1. gave/given (verb) delivered; dished out; dispensed; fed; found; furnished; gave; gave/given; hand over; handed; handed over; supplied; transferred; turn over; turned over
    2. offered (verb) afforded; offered
    3. supposing (other) granted; if; in case; in the event; supposing

    English-Russian base dictionary > provided

  • 3 suponer

    v.
    1 to suppose.
    supongo que ya habrán llegado I suppose o expect (that) they'll have arrived by now
    supongo que sí/no I suppose o expect so/not
    supongamos que me niego supposing I refuse
    es de suponer que se disculparán I would expect them to apologize
    suponiendo que… supposing o assuming that…
    María supone bien Mary supposes well.
    Esto supone un riesgo This entails a risk.
    2 to involve, to entail.
    Supone muchos peligros It involves much danger.
    3 to mean.
    4 to imagine.
    lo suponía I guessed as much
    te suponía mayor I thought you were older
    5 to be important.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ PONER], like link=poner poner (pp supuesto,-a)
    1 (gen) to suppose, assume
    2 (significar) to mean
    3 (conllevar) to mean, entail, require
    4 (adivinar) to guess; (imaginar) to imagine, think
    5 (creer) to think
    1 familiar supposition
    \
    como es de suponer as is to be expected
    ser de suponer to be likely
    * * *
    verb
    1) to suppose, presume
    * * *
    ( pp supuesto)
    1. VT
    1) (=imaginar) to imagine

    estoy muy satisfecho, como puedes suponer — I'm very pleased, as you can imagine

    ya puedes suponer lo que pasó — you can guess o imagine what happened

    le pagaron, supongamos, diez millones — he was paid, say, ten million

    • es de suponer, es de suponer que haya protestas — I would imagine there will be protests, presumably there will be protests

    están muy apenados, como es de suponer — they are very upset, as you would expect

    como era de suponer, llegaron tarde — as was to be expected, they arrived late

    2)

    • suponer que — [intentando adivinar] to imagine that, suppose that, guess that *; [como hipótesis] to suppose that; [dando por sentado] to assume that, presume that

    supongo que necesitaréis unas vacaciones — I imagine o suppose you'll need a holiday, I guess you'll need a holiday *

    sí, supongo que tienes razón — yes, I suppose you're right, yes, I guess you're right *

    supón que tuvieras mucho dinero, ¿qué harías? — suppose o supposing you had a lot of money, what would you do?

    suponiendo que todo salga según lo previsto — assuming o presuming everything goes according to plan

    • supongo que no, -¿crees que llegará tarde? -no lo sé, supongo que no — "do you think he'll be late?" - "I don't know, I don't suppose so"

    -no será fácil -no, supongo que no — "it won't be easy" - "no, I suppose not"

    • supongo que sí — I suppose so, I imagine so, I guess so *

    3) (=atribuir)
    [con objeto indirecto de persona]

    os suponía informados de este asunto — I assumed o presumed you had been informed about this matter

    le supongo unos 60 años — I would say o guess he's about 60

    se le supone una gran antigüedad — it is thought o believed to be very old

    4) (=implicar) to mean
    2.
    See:
    3.
    SM

    • un suponer, a ver, un suponer, si tú fueras su marido, ¿qué harías? — OK, just supposing you were her husband, what would you do?

    si te ofrecen el puesto, es un suponer, ¿lo aceptarías? — supposing o suppose they were to offer you the job, would you accept?

    supongamos, es solo un suponer, que eso sea verdad — let us suppose, for the sake of argument, that it is true

    * * *
    I

    si quebraran, es un suponer,... — suppose o supposing they were to go bankrupt,...

    si, es un suponer, perdieses tu trabajo... — just supposing for the sake of argument that you were to lose your job

    II
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( tomar como hipótesis) to suppose, assume

    supongamos que lo que dice es cierto — let's suppose o assume what he says is true

    supongamos que los dos ángulos son iguales — let us suppose o assume that both angles are equal

    b) ( imaginar)

    nada hacía suponer que... — there was nothing to suggest that...

    ¿va a venir hoy? - supongo que sí — is she coming today? - I should think so o I imagine so

    es de suponer que se lo habrán dicho — presumably o I should think o I would imagine he's been told

    c) ( atribuir) (+ me/te/le etc)

    le suponía más edad — I imagined o thought he was older

    se le suponía un valor aproximado de... — it was thought to be worth approximately...

    2) (significar, implicar) to mean

    eso supondría tener que empezar desde el principio — that would mean having to start from the beginning again; (+ me/te/le etc)

    * * *
    = assume, entail, guess, involve, mean, presume, surmise, suppose, gather, account for.
    Ex. The foregoing discussion concerning analytical entries assumes implicitly a conventional catalogue format, that is, card, microform or other printed catalogue.
    Ex. Secondly, the admission of rules incompatible with the general ideology adopted inevitably entails subsequent remedial revision.
    Ex. 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.
    Ex. Generating author indexes or catalogues involves creating headings from author's names, that is the names of persons or organisations.
    Ex. These changes have meant modifications, some very time-consuming, to serials catalogues in libraries.
    Ex. We presumed this principle of organization in the case of searching the public library for a document about programmed instruction.
    Ex. One is to read a portion of the newspaper and to surmise under what headings it has been indexed.
    Ex. Suppose we are searching for information about the subject 'The use of television in remedial teaching in primary schools'.
    Ex. The script was improvised on an outline which, I gathered, was the result of three sessions' hard talking to decide whose ideas out of the many suggested should be used.
    Ex. The major four categories of physical forms outlined so far account for most of the published indexes and catalogues.
    ----
    * como cabría suponer = as might be expected.
    * es de suponer que = presumably.
    * gastos que no suponen un gran desembolso de dinero = out-of-pocket costs.
    * no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no suponer nada = add up to + nothing.
    * que supone = associated with.
    * según cabe suponer = presumably, supposedly.
    * según sabe suponer = allegedly.
    * suponer la diferencia entre el éxito o el fracaso = make or break.
    * suponer peligro = hold + danger.
    * suponerse que + Subjuntivo = be alleged + Infinitivo.
    * suponer una avance sobre = move + one away from.
    * suponer una diferencia sobre = move + one away from.
    * suponer un avance = be a step forward.
    * suponer un cambio = bring about + change.
    * supongo que = I daresay that.
    * * *
    I

    si quebraran, es un suponer,... — suppose o supposing they were to go bankrupt,...

    si, es un suponer, perdieses tu trabajo... — just supposing for the sake of argument that you were to lose your job

    II
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( tomar como hipótesis) to suppose, assume

    supongamos que lo que dice es cierto — let's suppose o assume what he says is true

    supongamos que los dos ángulos son iguales — let us suppose o assume that both angles are equal

    b) ( imaginar)

    nada hacía suponer que... — there was nothing to suggest that...

    ¿va a venir hoy? - supongo que sí — is she coming today? - I should think so o I imagine so

    es de suponer que se lo habrán dicho — presumably o I should think o I would imagine he's been told

    c) ( atribuir) (+ me/te/le etc)

    le suponía más edad — I imagined o thought he was older

    se le suponía un valor aproximado de... — it was thought to be worth approximately...

    2) (significar, implicar) to mean

    eso supondría tener que empezar desde el principio — that would mean having to start from the beginning again; (+ me/te/le etc)

    * * *
    = assume, entail, guess, involve, mean, presume, surmise, suppose, gather, account for.

    Ex: The foregoing discussion concerning analytical entries assumes implicitly a conventional catalogue format, that is, card, microform or other printed catalogue.

    Ex: Secondly, the admission of rules incompatible with the general ideology adopted inevitably entails subsequent remedial revision.
    Ex: 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.
    Ex: Generating author indexes or catalogues involves creating headings from author's names, that is the names of persons or organisations.
    Ex: These changes have meant modifications, some very time-consuming, to serials catalogues in libraries.
    Ex: We presumed this principle of organization in the case of searching the public library for a document about programmed instruction.
    Ex: One is to read a portion of the newspaper and to surmise under what headings it has been indexed.
    Ex: Suppose we are searching for information about the subject 'The use of television in remedial teaching in primary schools'.
    Ex: The script was improvised on an outline which, I gathered, was the result of three sessions' hard talking to decide whose ideas out of the many suggested should be used.
    Ex: The major four categories of physical forms outlined so far account for most of the published indexes and catalogues.
    * como cabría suponer = as might be expected.
    * es de suponer que = presumably.
    * gastos que no suponen un gran desembolso de dinero = out-of-pocket costs.
    * no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no suponer nada = add up to + nothing.
    * que supone = associated with.
    * según cabe suponer = presumably, supposedly.
    * según sabe suponer = allegedly.
    * suponer la diferencia entre el éxito o el fracaso = make or break.
    * suponer peligro = hold + danger.
    * suponerse que + Subjuntivo = be alleged + Infinitivo.
    * suponer una avance sobre = move + one away from.
    * suponer una diferencia sobre = move + one away from.
    * suponer un avance = be a step forward.
    * suponer un cambio = bring about + change.
    * supongo que = I daresay that.

    * * *
    imagínate que te toca la lotería, es un suponer, ¿qué harías? imagine you won the lottery, just supposing, what would you do?
    si la empresa quebrara, es un suponer, … just suppose o just supposing the company were to go bankrupt, …, if the company were to go bankrupt, just for the sake of argument, …
    suponer2 [ E22 ]
    vt
    A
    supongamos que lo que dice es cierto let's suppose o assume what he says is true
    suponiendo que todo salga como está previsto assuming everything goes according to plan
    supongamos que los dos ángulos son iguales let us suppose o assume that both angles are equal
    ni aun suponiendo que fuera verdad, no tiene derecho a hablar así even supposing it were true, he has no right to talk like that
    2
    (imaginar): supuse que ibas a comprarlo tú I thought o presumed o assumed you were going to buy it
    supongo que tienes razón I suppose you're right
    nada hacía suponer que ocurriría una cosa así there was nothing to suggest o there was no reason to suppose that something like that would happen
    ¿va a venir hoy? — supongo que sí is she coming today? — I should think so o I imagine so
    es de suponer que se lo habrán dicho presumably o I should think o I would assume o I would imagine he's been told
    era de suponer que se lo iban a dar it was to be expected that they would give it to him
    se supone que tendría que empezar a las nueve it's supposed to start at nine
    ¿dónde se supone que vamos? where are we supposed o meant to be going?
    3 (atribuir) (+ me/te/le etc):
    le suponía más edad I imagined o thought he was older
    se le suponen propiedades medicinales it is believed o held to have medicinal qualities
    al cuadro se le suponía un valor aproximado de … the painting was thought to be worth approximately …
    B (significar, implicar) to mean
    el proyecto supondrá una inversión de cinco millones de dólares the project will mean an investment of five million dollars
    la preparación del congreso supuso cinco meses de trabajo the preparation for the convention involved o took five months' work
    eso supondría tener que empezar desde el principio that would mean having to start from the beginning again
    (+ me/te/le etc): ese negocio no le supuso ningún beneficio that deal didn't make him any profit
    no me supone problema ninguno/ninguna molestia it's no trouble at all
    el traslado nos va a suponer muchos inconvenientes the move will cause us a great deal of inconvenience, the move will mean o will involve a great deal of inconvenience
    * * *

     

    suponer ( conjugate suponer) verbo transitivo
    1

    ◊ supongamos que lo que dice es cierto let's suppose o assume what he says is true;

    suponiendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes OK
    b) ( imaginar):


    ¿va a venir hoy? — supongo que sí is she coming today? — I should think so o I suppose so;
    es de suponer que se lo habrán dicho presumably o I should think he's been told;
    se supone que empieza a las nueve it's supposed to start at nine
    2 (significar, implicar) to mean;

    suponer verbo transitivo
    1 (creer, imaginar) to suppose: supongamos que..., let's assume o suppose that...
    supongo que me llamarán, I presume they're going to phone me
    supongo que sí, I suppose so
    se supone que acaba a las seis, it's supposed to finish at six
    se supone que él es el entendido, he's supposed to be the expert
    te suponía en París, I thought you were in Paris
    2 (conllevar, significar) to mean, involve: no supone ningún riesgo, it doesn't involve any risk
    (la amistad, el aprecio) to mean ➣ Ver nota en mean
    ♦ Locuciones: ser de suponer: es de suponer que se lo han contado, presumably o I would imagine she's been told
    ser un suponer, to be conjecture
    ' suponer' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    condicionamiento
    - creer
    - esperar
    - hacer
    - imaginar
    - imaginarse
    - jugar
    - significar
    - asumir
    - supuse
    English:
    assume
    - entail
    - expect
    - guess
    - imagine
    - imply
    - involve
    - mean
    - pose
    - presumably
    - presume
    - suppose
    - surmise
    - take
    - say
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    imagino que nos invitarán – eso es un suponer I imagine they'll invite us – that's pure conjecture o you can't say for sure;
    imagina, y es un suponer, que te quedas sin dinero imagine, for the sake of argument, that you didn't have any money
    ♦ vt
    1. [creer, presuponer] to suppose;
    supongo que ya habrán llegado I suppose o expect (that) they'll have arrived by now;
    supongo que tienes razón I suppose o guess you're right;
    supongo que sí/no I suppose o expect so/not;
    supongamos que me niego supposing I refuse;
    es de suponer que se disculparán I would expect them to apologize;
    es de suponer una nueva bajada de los tipos de interés a further drop in interest rates seems likely, we can expect a further drop in interest rates;
    al final lo perdí todo – era de suponer in the end I lost everything – it was only to be expected o that's hardly surprising;
    nada hacía suponer que… there was nothing to suggest that…;
    todo hacía suponer que se llegaría a un acuerdo everything pointed to an agreement;
    suponiendo que… supposing o assuming that…;
    suponiendo que no te moleste as long as o assuming it doesn't bother you
    2. [implicar] to involve, to entail;
    una dieta así supone mucho sacrificio a diet like that involves a lot of sacrifices;
    esto nos supone un cambio de planes this involves o entails o means a change of plan for us;
    no me supuso ningún esfuerzo it was no trouble (for me)
    3. [significar] to mean;
    supone mucho para mí it means a lot to me;
    este descubrimiento supone un importante avance para la ciencia this discovery constitutes a major advance for science
    4. [conjeturar] to imagine;
    lo suponía I guessed as much;
    te suponía mayor I thought you were older
    * * *
    <part supuesto> v/t suppose, assume;
    supongamos que … let’s suppose o assume that …;
    supongo que sí I suppose so
    * * *
    suponer {60} vt
    1) presumir: to suppose, to assume
    supongo que sí: I guess so, I suppose so
    se supone que van a llegar mañana: they're supposed to arrive tomorrow
    2) : to imply, to suggest
    3) : to involve, to entail
    el éxito supone mucho trabajo: success involves a lot of work
    * * *
    1. (creer) to suppose / to expect
    2. (significar) to mean [pt. & pp. meant]
    3. (implicar, conllevar) to involve / to be
    supongamos que... supposing...

    Spanish-English dictionary > suponer

  • 4 poner

    v.
    1 to put.
    Ella puso el mantel She set the tablecloth.
    Ella puso su mejor esfuerzo She exerted her best effort.
    2 to give, to set (asignar) (tarea, examen).
    le pusieron Mario they called him Mario
    le pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam
    3 to switch or put on (conectar) (televisión, radio).
    4 to send (comunicar) (telegrama, fax).
    ¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him? (peninsular Spanish)
    5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).
    ¿qué ponen en la tele? what's on the telly?
    6 to set up.
    ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shop
    poner la mesa to lay the table
    7 to do up.
    han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style
    8 to put in.
    poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the business
    poner algo de mi/tu/etc. parte to do my/your/etc bit
    poner mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) something
    Ponga más sal Put in more salt.
    9 to suppose.
    pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happened
    pon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five days
    poniendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan
    10 to say (decir). (peninsular Spanish)
    ¿qué pone ahí? what does it say?
    11 to lay (eggs) (ave).
    12 to make, to render, to turn, to get.
    13 to apply, to put on.
    Ella puso desinfectante She applied disinfectant.
    14 to lay eggs, to lay.
    La gallina puso The hen laid eggs.
    15 to say about.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    pongo, pones, pone, ponemos, ponéis, ponen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    pon (tú), ponga (él/Vd.), pongamos (nos.), poned (vos.), pongan (ellos/Vds.).
    Past Participle
    puesto,-a.
    * * *
    verb
    3) set
    4) set up, establish
    5) add
    6) switch on, put on
    7) lay
    •
    - ponerse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones poner cuidado, poner en duda, poner por las nubes, poner a parir, poner como un trapo, poner verde, poner de vuelta y media, poner por testigo, ponerse por delante, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) (=colocar, situar) to put

    ¿dónde pongo mis cosas? — where shall I put my things?

    • poner algo [aparte] — to put sth aside, put sth to one side

    • ponlo en su [sitio] — put it back

    2) [+ ropa, calzado] to put on
    3) (=añadir) to add

    ponle más sal — add some salt, put some more salt in it

    4) (=aplicar, administrar) to put
    5) (=disponer, preparar)

    • poner la [mesa] — to lay {o} set the table

    6) (=instalar)
    a) [+ teléfono, calefacción] to put in
    b) [+ tienda] to open; [+ casa] to furnish
    7) (=exponer)

    ponlo al sol — leave {o} put it out in the sun

    8) (=hacer funcionar) [+ radio, televisión, calefacción] to put on, turn on; [+ disco] to put on, play

    ¿pongo música? — shall I put some music on?

    9) (=ajustar) [+ despertador] to set

    • poner el reloj [en hora] — to put one's watch right

    • ponlo [más alto] — turn it up

    10) (=adoptar)

    ¿por qué pones esa voz tan tonta? — why are you speaking in that silly voice?

    • ¡no pongas esa [cara]! — don't look at me like that!

    11) (=volver) + adj, adv to make

    para no ponerle de mal humor — so as not to make him cross, so as not to put him in a bad mood

    ¡cómo te han puesto! — (=te han manchado) look what a mess you are!; (=te han pegado) they've given you a right thumping!

    12) (=servir)

    ¿qué te pongo? — what can I get you?, what would you like?

    ¿me pones más patatas? — could I have some more potatoes?

    13) (=conectar por teléfono) to put through

    ¿me pone con el Sr. García, por favor? — could you put me through to Mr García, please?

    14) (=exhibir)

    ¿qué ponen en el cine? — what's on at the cinema?

    ¿ponen alguna película esta noche? — is there a film on tonight?

    15) (=enviar) to send
    16) (=escribir) to put

    ¿qué pongo en la carta? — what shall I put in the letter?

    ¿te has acordado de poner el remite? — did you remember to put the return address on it?

    17) (=decir, estar escrito) to say

    ¿qué pone aquí? — what does it say here?

    18) (=imponer) [+ examen, trabajo] to give, set

    nos pone mucho trabajo — he gives {o} sets us a lot of work

    • me han puesto una [multa] — I've been fined, I've been given a fine

    19) (=oponer) [+ inconvenientes] to raise

    • le pone [peros] a todo — he's always finding fault with everything

    20) (=aportar, contribuir)
    [+ dinero]

    yo pongo el dinero pero ella escoge — I do the paying, but she does the choosing

    21) (=invertir) to put in
    22) (=apostar)
    23) (=llamar) to call

    ¿qué nombre {o} cómo le van a poner? — what are they going to call him?, what name are they giving him?

    24) (=criticar, alabar)

    • te puso muy [bien] ante el jefe — she was very nice about you to the boss

    • ¡[cómo] te han puesto! — (=te han criticado) they had a real go at you!; (=te han alabado) they were really nice about you!

    • tu cuñada te ha puesto muy [mal] — your sister-in-law was very nasty about you

    25) (=tildar)

    • poner a algn [de], la han puesto de idiota para arriba — they called her an idiot and worse

    26) (=suponer)

    • pongamos [que] ganas la lotería — suppose {o} supposing you win the lottery

    poniendo que... — supposing that...

    27)

    • poner a algn [a] + infin —

    28)

    • poner a Juan [bien] con Pedro — to make things up between Juan and Pedro

    • poner a Juan [mal] con Pedro — to make Juan fall out with Pedro, cause a rift between Juan and Pedro

    29) [en trabajo]

    • poner a algn [de], puso a su hija de sirvienta — she got her daughter a job as a servant

    30)
    31) [gallina] [+ huevos] to lay
    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) [aves] to lay (eggs)
    2) (=apostar)
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( colocar) to put

    lo pusieron en el curso avanzado — he was put o placed in the advanced class

    b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put
    2) ( agregar) to put

    ¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?

    ¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?

    3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?

    4) <inyección/supositorio> to give
    5)

    poner la mesa — to lay o set the table

    6)
    a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to open
    b) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to install
    c) cerradura/armario to fit
    7) ave < huevo> to lay
    8) (Esp) (servir, dar)

    ¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?

    póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please

    ¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?

    9)
    b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on
    10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take
    11)
    a) ( imponer) < deberes> to give, set; <examen/problema> to set
    b) ( oponer)

    no puso inconveniente — he didn't have o raise any objections

    a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything

    c) ( adjudicar) < nota> to give

    ¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?

    12) ( dar) <nombre/apodo> to give; < ejemplo> to give

    ¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?

    le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'

    13) ( enviar) < telegrama> to send
    14) ( escribir) to put
    15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say
    16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>

    ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?

    ¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?

    17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take
    18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)
    19) ( adoptar) cara/voz
    20)

    poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework

    b)

    poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example

    21) ( suponer)

    pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...

    pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados — suppose o let's just say they're wrong

    ponerle — (esp AmL)

    ¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours

    22)
    a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put on

    puso el motor en marcha — she switched on o started the engine

    b) (ajustar, graduar)
    23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody

    ¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?

    2.
    vi gallina to lay
    3.
    1) ponerse v pron
    2)
    a) (refl) ( colocarse)

    pongámonos a la sombra — let's sit (o lie etc) in the shade

    ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees

    ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree

    se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)

    se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head

    b) (Esp) ( llegar)
    3) sol to set
    4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put on

    me puse el collar de perlas — I wore o put on my pearl necklace

    5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

    cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!

    6)
    a) ( empezar)

    ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf

    se puso a llover — it started raining o started to rain

    b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)

    cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)

    yo me pongo con cien — I'll put in o chip in a hundred

    7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you

    * * *
    = affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.
    Ex. Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.
    Ex. One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.
    Ex. If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.
    Ex. If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.
    Ex. By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.
    Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex. The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.
    Ex. In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.
    Ex. There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.
    Ex. The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.
    Ex. Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.
    Ex. The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.
    ----
    * con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.
    * cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.
    * costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.
    * de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.
    * encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].
    * no poner en duda = be unquestioned.
    * poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.
    * poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.
    * poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.
    * poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.
    * poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.
    * poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.
    * poner a disposición = keep within + reach.
    * poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.
    * poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.
    * poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.
    * poner al alcance = bring within + reach.
    * poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.
    * poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.
    * poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.
    * poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.
    * poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.
    * poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.
    * poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.
    * poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.
    * poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.
    * poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.
    * poner al revés = upend.
    * poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.
    * poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.
    * poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.
    * poner a + Número = set to + Número.
    * poner aparte = set + apart.
    * poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.
    * poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.
    * poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).
    * poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.
    * poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.
    * poner carnada = bait.
    * poner cebo = bait.
    * poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.
    * poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.
    * poner delante de = lay before.
    * poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.
    * poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].
    * poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.
    * poner de pie = stand + upright.
    * poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.
    * poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.
    * poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.
    * poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.
    * poner el candado = padlock.
    * poner el centro de atención = put + focus.
    * poner el colofón final = bookend.
    * poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.
    * poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.
    * poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.
    * poner el énfasis = put + focus.
    * poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.
    * poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.
    * poner el precio = price.
    * poner el sello = stamp.
    * poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.
    * poner el sello de = rubber stamp.
    * poner empeño = strive.
    * poner en adobo = marinade.
    * poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en alquiler = rent out.
    * poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner encima = top with.
    * poner en circulación = circulate.
    * poner en claro = clear up.
    * poner en cola = queue.
    * poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.
    * poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.
    * poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].
    * poner en cuarentena = quarantine.
    * poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.
    * poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.
    * poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.
    * poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.
    * poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.
    * poner en el haber de = credit.
    * poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.
    * poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.
    * poner en escena = stage.
    * poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.
    * poner énfasis = put + emphasis.
    * poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.
    * poner en forma = buff up.
    * poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.
    * poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).
    * poner en garantía = pawn.
    * poner en hielo = ice.
    * poner en juego = tap.
    * poner en la calle = evict.
    * poner en la pared = pin up.
    * poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.
    * poner en libertad = release from + jail.
    * poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.
    * poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.
    * poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.
    * poner en órbita = place into + orbit.
    * poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.
    * poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.
    * poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.
    * poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.
    * poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.
    * poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.
    * poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.
    * poner en préstamo = circulate.
    * poner en primer plano = foreground.
    * poner en relación = bring into + relationship.
    * poner en remojo = steep.
    * poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.
    * poner en riesgo = put at + risk.
    * poner en su sitio = put in + place.
    * poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.
    * poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.
    * poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.
    * poner entre corchetes = bracket.
    * poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.
    * poner entre paréntesis = bracket.
    * poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.
    * poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.
    * poner en venta = put on + sale.
    * poner esfuerzo = give + effort.
    * poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.
    * poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.
    * poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.
    * poner freno = curb.
    * poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.
    * poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.
    * poner guiones = hyphenate.
    * poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.
    * poner impuestos = impose + VAT.
    * poner la brida = bridle.
    * poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.
    * poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.
    * poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.
    * poner la fecha = date-stamp.
    * poner la mesa = lay + the table.
    * poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.
    * poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.
    * poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.
    * poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.
    * poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.
    * poner las esposas = handcuff.
    * poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.
    * ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.
    * ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.
    * ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.
    * ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.
    * ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.
    * poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.
    * poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.
    * poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.
    * poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.
    * poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.
    * poner más fuerte = crank up.
    * poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.
    * poner nervioso = rattle.
    * poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.
    * poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.
    * poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.
    * poner objeciones = object.
    * poner objeciones a = object to.
    * poner obstáculos = cramp.
    * poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.
    * poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.
    * poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.
    * poner parches = patch up, patch.
    * poner patas arriba = upend.
    * poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.
    * poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.
    * poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.
    * poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.
    * poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.
    * poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner sal = salt.
    * ponerse = don, pull on, wax.
    * ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.
    * ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.
    * ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.
    * ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.
    * ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.
    * ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.
    * ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.
    * ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.
    * ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.
    * ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.
    * ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.
    * ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.
    * ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.
    * ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.
    * ponerse borroso = blur.
    * ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse + Color = go + Color.
    * ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).
    * ponerse del lado de = side with.
    * ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.
    * ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.
    * ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.
    * ponerse de parte de = side with.
    * ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.
    * ponerse de punta = stand out.
    * ponerse, el = donning, the.
    * ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.
    * ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.
    * ponerse en contacto = make + contact.
    * ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.
    * ponerse en contra de = turn against.
    * ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).
    * ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.
    * ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse enfermo = get + sick.
    * ponerse en fila = line up.
    * ponerse en forma = get + fit.
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.
    * ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).
    * ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.
    * ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.
    * ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * ponerse en tensión = tense up.
    * ponerse firme = stand to + attention.
    * ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.
    * ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.
    * ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse gallito = bluster.
    * ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.
    * ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.
    * ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).
    * ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.
    * ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.
    * ponerse marrón = turn + brown.
    * ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.
    * ponerse rígido = stiffen.
    * ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse seriamente a = settle to.
    * ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.
    * ponerse tibio = pig out (on).
    * ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.
    * poner sobre aviso = alert to.
    * poner término a = put + paid to.
    * poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.
    * poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner trabas = cramp.
    * poner una bomba = plant + bomb.
    * poner una demanda = face + legal action.
    * poner una denuncia = file + police report.
    * poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.
    * poner una nota en un sitio público = post.
    * poner una reclamación = appeal.
    * poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.
    * poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.
    * poner una tienda = pitch + tent.
    * poner un círculo alrededor = circle.
    * poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.
    * poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.
    * poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).
    * poner un poquito de picante = pep up.
    * poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.
    * poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.
    * poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.
    * poner y quitar = get on and off.
    * pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.
    * pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....
    * por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.
    * por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.
    * precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.
    * precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.
    * que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.
    * que pone obstáculos = obstructive.
    * quita o pon = give or take.
    * sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.
    * sin poner en escena = unproduced.
    * sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.
    * sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.
    * sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.
    * sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.
    * ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( colocar) to put

    lo pusieron en el curso avanzado — he was put o placed in the advanced class

    b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put
    2) ( agregar) to put

    ¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?

    ¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?

    3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?

    4) <inyección/supositorio> to give
    5)

    poner la mesa — to lay o set the table

    6)
    a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to open
    b) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to install
    c) cerradura/armario to fit
    7) ave < huevo> to lay
    8) (Esp) (servir, dar)

    ¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?

    póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please

    ¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?

    9)
    b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on
    10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take
    11)
    a) ( imponer) < deberes> to give, set; <examen/problema> to set
    b) ( oponer)

    no puso inconveniente — he didn't have o raise any objections

    a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything

    c) ( adjudicar) < nota> to give

    ¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?

    12) ( dar) <nombre/apodo> to give; < ejemplo> to give

    ¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?

    le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'

    13) ( enviar) < telegrama> to send
    14) ( escribir) to put
    15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say
    16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>

    ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?

    ¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?

    17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take
    18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)
    19) ( adoptar) cara/voz
    20)

    poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework

    b)

    poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example

    21) ( suponer)

    pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...

    pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados — suppose o let's just say they're wrong

    ponerle — (esp AmL)

    ¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours

    22)
    a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put on

    puso el motor en marcha — she switched on o started the engine

    b) (ajustar, graduar)
    23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody

    ¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?

    2.
    vi gallina to lay
    3.
    1) ponerse v pron
    2)
    a) (refl) ( colocarse)

    pongámonos a la sombra — let's sit (o lie etc) in the shade

    ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees

    ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree

    se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)

    se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head

    b) (Esp) ( llegar)
    3) sol to set
    4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put on

    me puse el collar de perlas — I wore o put on my pearl necklace

    5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

    cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!

    6)
    a) ( empezar)

    ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf

    se puso a llover — it started raining o started to rain

    b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)

    cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)

    yo me pongo con cien — I'll put in o chip in a hundred

    7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you

    * * *
    = affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.

    Ex: Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.

    Ex: One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.
    Ex: If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.
    Ex: If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.
    Ex: By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.
    Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex: The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.
    Ex: In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.
    Ex: There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.
    Ex: The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.
    Ex: Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.
    Ex: The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.
    * con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.
    * cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.
    * costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.
    * de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.
    * encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].
    * no poner en duda = be unquestioned.
    * poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.
    * poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.
    * poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.
    * poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.
    * poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.
    * poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.
    * poner a disposición = keep within + reach.
    * poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.
    * poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.
    * poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.
    * poner al alcance = bring within + reach.
    * poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.
    * poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.
    * poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.
    * poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.
    * poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.
    * poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.
    * poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.
    * poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.
    * poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.
    * poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.
    * poner al revés = upend.
    * poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.
    * poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.
    * poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.
    * poner a + Número = set to + Número.
    * poner aparte = set + apart.
    * poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.
    * poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.
    * poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).
    * poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.
    * poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.
    * poner carnada = bait.
    * poner cebo = bait.
    * poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.
    * poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.
    * poner delante de = lay before.
    * poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.
    * poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].
    * poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.
    * poner de pie = stand + upright.
    * poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.
    * poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.
    * poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.
    * poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.
    * poner el candado = padlock.
    * poner el centro de atención = put + focus.
    * poner el colofón final = bookend.
    * poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.
    * poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.
    * poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.
    * poner el énfasis = put + focus.
    * poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.
    * poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.
    * poner el precio = price.
    * poner el sello = stamp.
    * poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.
    * poner el sello de = rubber stamp.
    * poner empeño = strive.
    * poner en adobo = marinade.
    * poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en alquiler = rent out.
    * poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner encima = top with.
    * poner en circulación = circulate.
    * poner en claro = clear up.
    * poner en cola = queue.
    * poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.
    * poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.
    * poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].
    * poner en cuarentena = quarantine.
    * poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.
    * poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.
    * poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.
    * poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.
    * poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.
    * poner en el haber de = credit.
    * poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.
    * poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.
    * poner en escena = stage.
    * poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.
    * poner énfasis = put + emphasis.
    * poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.
    * poner en forma = buff up.
    * poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.
    * poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).
    * poner en garantía = pawn.
    * poner en hielo = ice.
    * poner en juego = tap.
    * poner en la calle = evict.
    * poner en la pared = pin up.
    * poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.
    * poner en libertad = release from + jail.
    * poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.
    * poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.
    * poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.
    * poner en órbita = place into + orbit.
    * poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.
    * poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.
    * poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.
    * poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.
    * poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.
    * poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.
    * poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.
    * poner en préstamo = circulate.
    * poner en primer plano = foreground.
    * poner en relación = bring into + relationship.
    * poner en remojo = steep.
    * poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.
    * poner en riesgo = put at + risk.
    * poner en su sitio = put in + place.
    * poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.
    * poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.
    * poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.
    * poner entre corchetes = bracket.
    * poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.
    * poner entre paréntesis = bracket.
    * poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.
    * poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.
    * poner en venta = put on + sale.
    * poner esfuerzo = give + effort.
    * poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.
    * poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.
    * poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.
    * poner freno = curb.
    * poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.
    * poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.
    * poner guiones = hyphenate.
    * poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.
    * poner impuestos = impose + VAT.
    * poner la brida = bridle.
    * poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.
    * poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.
    * poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.
    * poner la fecha = date-stamp.
    * poner la mesa = lay + the table.
    * poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.
    * poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.
    * poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.
    * poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.
    * poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.
    * poner las esposas = handcuff.
    * poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.
    * ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.
    * ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.
    * ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.
    * ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.
    * ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.
    * poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.
    * poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.
    * poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.
    * poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.
    * poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.
    * poner más fuerte = crank up.
    * poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.
    * poner nervioso = rattle.
    * poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.
    * poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.
    * poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.
    * poner objeciones = object.
    * poner objeciones a = object to.
    * poner obstáculos = cramp.
    * poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.
    * poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.
    * poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.
    * poner parches = patch up, patch.
    * poner patas arriba = upend.
    * poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.
    * poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.
    * poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.
    * poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.
    * poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.
    * poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner sal = salt.
    * ponerse = don, pull on, wax.
    * ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.
    * ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.
    * ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.
    * ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.
    * ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.
    * ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.
    * ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.
    * ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.
    * ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.
    * ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.
    * ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.
    * ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.
    * ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.
    * ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.
    * ponerse borroso = blur.
    * ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse + Color = go + Color.
    * ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).
    * ponerse del lado de = side with.
    * ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.
    * ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.
    * ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.
    * ponerse de parte de = side with.
    * ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.
    * ponerse de punta = stand out.
    * ponerse, el = donning, the.
    * ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.
    * ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.
    * ponerse en contacto = make + contact.
    * ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.
    * ponerse en contra de = turn against.
    * ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).
    * ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.
    * ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse enfermo = get + sick.
    * ponerse en fila = line up.
    * ponerse en forma = get + fit.
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.
    * ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).
    * ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.
    * ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.
    * ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * ponerse en tensión = tense up.
    * ponerse firme = stand to + attention.
    * ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.
    * ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.
    * ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse gallito = bluster.
    * ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.
    * ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.
    * ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).
    * ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.
    * ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.
    * ponerse marrón = turn + brown.
    * ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.
    * ponerse rígido = stiffen.
    * ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse seriamente a = settle to.
    * ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.
    * ponerse tibio = pig out (on).
    * ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.
    * poner sobre aviso = alert to.
    * poner término a = put + paid to.
    * poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.
    * poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner trabas = cramp.
    * poner una bomba = plant + bomb.
    * poner una demanda = face + legal action.
    * poner una denuncia = file + police report.
    * poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.
    * poner una nota en un sitio público = post.
    * poner una reclamación = appeal.
    * poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.
    * poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.
    * poner una tienda = pitch + tent.
    * poner un círculo alrededor = circle.
    * poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.
    * poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.
    * poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).
    * poner un poquito de picante = pep up.
    * poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.
    * poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.
    * poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.
    * poner y quitar = get on and off.
    * pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.
    * pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....
    * por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.
    * por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.
    * precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.
    * precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.
    * que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.
    * que pone obstáculos = obstructive.
    * quita o pon = give or take.
    * sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.
    * sin poner en escena = unproduced.
    * sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.
    * sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.
    * sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.
    * sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.
    * ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.

    * * *
    poner [ E22 ]
    ■ poner (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 colocar
    2 poner: anuncio, aviso
    B agregar
    C ropa, calzado etc
    D ‹inyección/supositorio›
    E poner la mesa
    F
    1 instalar, montar
    2 poner: cocina, teléfono etc
    3 poner: cerradura etc
    G poner: huevos
    H servir, dar
    A
    1 contribuir
    2 proporcionar
    B poner: atención, cuidado
    C
    1 imponer
    2 oponer
    3 adjudicar
    D poner: nombre
    E enviar
    F escribir
    G
    1 expresar por escrito
    2 impersonal
    H exhibir, dar
    I tardar
    A en un estado, una situación
    B poner: cara, voz, etc
    C
    1 hacer empezar
    2 poner a alguien de algo
    D suponer
    A
    1 conectar, encender
    2 ajustar, graduar
    B poner al teléfono
    ■ poner (verbo intransitivo)
    A
    1 apostar
    2 contribuir dinero
    B poner: gallinas
    C México: vulg
    ■ ponerse (verbo pronominal)
    A
    1 colocarse
    2 llegar
    B ponerse: el sol
    C ponerse: calzado etc
    A en un estado, una situación
    B
    1 empezar
    2 esforzarse, esmerarse
    3 contribuir dinero
    Sentido III ponerse al teléfono
    vt
    A
    1 (colocar) to put
    ¿dónde habré puesto las llaves? where can I have put the keys?
    ¿dónde vas a poner este cuadro? where are you going to put o hang this picture?
    pon ese cuadro derecho put that picture straight, straighten that picture
    lo pusieron en el curso avanzado he was put o placed in the advanced class
    ponle la cadena a la puerta put the chain on the door
    pon agua a calentar put some water on to boil
    2 ‹anuncio/aviso› to place, put
    pusieron un anuncio en el periódico they put o placed an advertisement in the newspaper
    B (agregar) to put
    ¿cuándo se le pone el agua? when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?
    ¿le has puesto sal a la sopa? have you put any salt in the soup?
    ¿le pones azúcar al café? do you take sugar in your coffee?
    C ‹ropa/calzado› (+ me/te/le etc):
    ¿me pones los zapatos? can you put my shoes on (for me)?
    le puse el vestido rojo I dressed her in her red dress
    D ‹inyección/supositorio› to give
    el dentista le puso una inyección the dentist gave him an injection
    E
    poner la mesa to lay o set the table
    F
    1 (instalar, montar) ‹oficina/restaurante› to open
    puso un estudio junto con otra arquitecta she set up in business with another architect
    consiguió permiso para poner una autoescuela he got permission to open a driving school
    les ayudó a poner la casa he helped them set up house o home
    pusieron la casa/oficina a todo lujo they furnished the house/fitted the office out in style
    le puso un apartamento a su amante he set his mistress up in an apartment
    2 ‹cocina/teléfono/calefacción› to install
    van a poner cocinas de gas they are going to install o fit gas cookers
    3 ‹cerradura/armario› to fit
    G «ave» ‹huevos› to lay
    H
    ( Esp) (servir, dar): ¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?
    póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please
    ¿cuántos le pongo, señora? how many would you like, madam?
    A
    1 (contribuir):
    él pone el capital y yo el trabajo he puts up the capital and I supply the labor
    pusimos 500 pesos cada uno we put in 500 pesos each
    que cada uno ponga lo que pueda each person should give what he or she can afford
    2 (proporcionar) ‹autobús/tren› to lay on
    la empresa puso la comida y la bebida food and drink was laid on by the company
    B ‹atención› to pay; ‹cuidado› to take
    pon más atención en lo que estás haciendo pay more attention to what you're doing
    no ha puesto ningún cuidado en este trabajo she hasn't taken any care at all over this piece of work
    pone mucho entusiasmo en todo lo que hace he's very enthusiastic about everything he does, he puts a lot of enthusiasm into everything he does
    C
    1 (imponer) ‹deberes› to give, set; ‹examen› to set
    nos pusieron 20 preguntas we were given o set 20 questions
    2
    (oponer): no me puso ningún inconveniente he didn't have o raise any objections
    a todo le tiene que poner peros or pegas she finds fault with everything
    3 (adjudicar) ‹nota› to give
    ¿qué (nota) te puso en la redacción? what (mark) did he give you for your essay?
    le pusieron un cero he got nought out of ten
    D (dar) ‹nombre/apodo› to give
    ¡qué nombre más feo le pusieron! what a horrible name to give him!
    le pusieron Eva they called her Eva
    ¿qué título le vas a poner al poema? what title are you going to give the poem?, what are you going to call the poem?
    le pusieron el sobrenombre de `el cojo' they nicknamed him `el cojo'
    E (enviar) ‹telegrama› to send; ‹carta› to mail ( AmE), to post ( BrE)
    F (escribir) to put
    no has puesto ningún acento you haven't put any of the accents in
    no sé qué más ponerle I don't know what else to put o write
    puso mi nombre en la lista she put my name down on the list
    G ( esp Esp)
    el periódico no pone nada sobre el robo the newspaper doesn't say anything about the robbery
    mira a ver lo que pone en esa nota see what that note says
    allí pone que no se puede pasar it says there that you can't go in
    ¿qué pone aquí? what does it say here?, what does this say?
    H ( Esp) (exhibir, dar)
    ‹obra/película› ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?
    ¿qué ponen en el Trocadero? what's on o what's showing at the Trocadero?
    en el teatro ponen una obra de Casares there's a play by Casares on at the theater
    no pusieron ninguna película buena en Navidad there wasn't a single good film on over Christmas, they didn't show a single good film over Christmas
    I ( RPl) (tardar) to take
    el avión pone media hora de Montevideo a Buenos Aires the plane takes half an hour from Montevideo to Buenos Aires
    de allí a Salta pusimos tres horas it took us three hours from there to Salta
    A (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):
    me pones nerviosa you're making me nervous
    ya la has puesto de mal humor now you've put her in a bad mood
    ¿por qué me pusiste en evidencia así? why did you show me up like that?
    lo pusiste en un aprieto you put him in an awkward position
    nos puso al corriente de lo sucedido he brought us up to date with what had happened
    ¡mira cómo has puesto la alfombra! look at the mess you've made on the carpet!
    me estás poniendo las cosas muy difíciles you're making things very difficult for me
    B (adoptar) ‹cara/voz›
    no pongas esa cara there's no need to look like that
    puso cara de enfado he looked annoyed
    puso voz de asustado he sounded scared
    C
    1
    (hacer empezar): el médico me puso a régimen the doctor put me on a diet
    poner a algn A + INF:
    tuvo que poner a las hijas a trabajar he had to send his daughters out to work
    lo puso a estudiar guitarra con Rodríguez she sent him to have guitar lessons with Rodríguez
    lo puso a pelar cebollas she set him to work peeling onions
    2 poner a algn DE algo:
    la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department
    lo pusieron de ángel he was given a part as an angel, he was given the part of an angel
    su padre lo puso de botones en la oficina his father gave him a job as an office boy
    siempre te pone de ejemplo he always holds you up as an example
    D
    (suponer): pon que perdemos ese tren, no podríamos volver say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train, then we wouldn't be able to get back
    pon que es cierto ¿qué harías entonces? say o suppose o supposing it is true, then what would you do?
    pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados suppose o let's just say they're wrong
    ponerle ( AmL): ¿cuánto se tarda? — ponle dos horas how long does it take? — about two hours o in the region of two hours o reckon on two hours
    ¿cuánto nos costará? — y … pónganle alrededor de $200 how much will it cost us? — well, … you'd better reckon on about $200
    A
    1 (conectar, encender) ‹televisión/calefacción› to turn o switch o put on; ‹programa/canal› to put on
    pon un disco put on a record
    puso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the engine
    todavía no nos han puesto la luz we haven't had our electricity connected yet
    2
    (ajustar, graduar): pon el despertador a las siete set the alarm (clock) for seven
    ¿puedes poner la música un poco más alta? can you turn the music up a bit?
    puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right, she set the clock to the right time
    poner el motor a punto to tune up the engine
    B
    ( Esp) (al teléfono): en seguida le pongo I'm just putting you through o connecting you
    poner a algn CON algn/algo to put sb THROUGH TO sb/sth
    ¿me puede poner con el director, por favor? could you put me through to o could I speak to the director, please?
    ¿me pone con la extensión 24? could you put me through to o can I have extension 24, please?
    ■ poner
    vi
    A
    1 ( Jueg) (apostar) to put in
    2 (contribuir dinero) to contribute
    ¿vas a poner para el regalo de Pilar? are you going to give something o contribute toward(s) Pilar's present?
    B «gallina» to lay
    C ( Méx vulg) (copular) to score (sl)
    A
    1 ( refl)
    (colocarse): pongámonos un rato a la sombra let's sit ( o lie etc) in the shade for a while
    ponerse de pie to stand up, stand
    ponerse de rodillas to kneel, kneel down, get down on one's knees
    ponte ahí, junto al árbol stand over there, by the tree
    ponérsele a algn algo ( AmL fam): se le puso que tenía que escalar la montaña he got it into his head that he had to climb the mountain
    a ese viejo se le pone cada cosa that old man gets the strangest ideas into his head
    2
    ( Esp) (llegar): en diez minutos nos ponemos allí we can be there in ten minutes
    B «sol» to set
    C ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja› to put on
    ponte el abrigo put your coat on
    no tengo nada que ponerme I don't have a thing to wear
    mi hermano siempre se pone mi ropa my brother is always borrowing my clothes
    ponte un poco de sombra de ojos put on a little eyeshadow
    me puse el collar de perlas I wore o put on my pearl necklace
    A (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):
    me puse furiosa I got very angry
    cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw it
    adelante, pónganse cómodos come in, make yourselves comfortable
    no te pongas así, que no es para tanto don't get so worked up, it's not that bad
    ¡mira cómo te has puesto de barro! just look at you, you're covered in mud!
    no te imaginas cómo se puso, hecha una fiera you wouldn't believe the way she reacted, she went absolutely wild
    la vida se está poniendo carísima everything's getting so expensive
    B
    1 (empezar) ponerse A + INF to start -ING
    se va a poner a llover de un momento a otro it's going to start raining o to start to rain any minute
    a ver si te pones a trabajar you'd better start working
    se puso a llorar sin motivo aparente she started crying o to cry for no apparent reason
    2 ( fam) (esforzarse, esmerarse) to try, make an effort
    si te pones lo acabas hoy mismo if you make an effort o if you try o if you put your mind to it, you'll finish it today
    3
    (CS arg) (contribuir dinero): cuando se casaron el viejo se puso con $5.000 when they got married, her old man shelled out $5,000 ( colloq)
    cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse when the check comes, everyone has to cough up ( colloq)
    yo me pongo con cien I'll put in o chip in a hundred ( colloq)
    ( Esp) (al teléfono): ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you
    dile a tu madre que se ponga tell your mother I want to speak to her, ask your mother to come to the phone
    * * *

     

    poner ( conjugate poner) verbo transitivo
    1


    ponle el collar al perro put the dog's collar on;
    poner una bomba to plant a bomb
    b) ‹anuncio/aviso› to place, put

    c) ‹ ropa› (+ me/te/le etc):


    2 ( agregar) to put
    3 ‹inyección/supositorio› to give
    4
    ◊ poner la mesa to lay o set the table

    5 (instalar, montar)
    a) ‹oficina/restaurante› to open

    b) ‹cocina/teléfono/calefacción› to install

    c) ‹cerradura/armario› to fit

    6 [ ave] ‹ huevo› to lay
    7 (Esp) (servir, dar):
    ◊ póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please;

    ¿cuántos le pongo? how many would you like?
    1 ‹ dinero› ( contribuir) to put in;

    2 ‹ atención› to pay;
    ‹cuidado/interés› to take;

    3
    a) ( imponer) ‹ deberes› to give, set;

    ‹examen/problema› to set;



    c) ( adjudicar) ‹ nota› to give

    4 ( dar) ‹nombre/apodo› to give;
    ‹ ejemplo› to give;

    5 ( enviar) ‹ telegrama› to send
    6 ( escribir) ‹dedicatoria/líneas› to write
    7 (Esp) (exhibir, dar) ‹ película› to show;
    ◊ ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?;

    ¿qué ponen en el Royal? what's on o what's showing at the Royal?
    1
    a) (conectar, encender) ‹televisión/calefacción› to turn on, switch on, put on;

    ‹programa/canal› to put on;
    ‹cinta/disco/música› to put on;
    ◊ puso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the engine

    b) (ajustar, graduar) ‹ despertador› to set;


    puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right
    2 (Esp) ( al teléfono): poner a algn con algo/algn to put sb through to sth/sb
    (en estado, situación) (+ compl):

    poner a algn en un aprieto to put sb in an awkward position
    vi [ ave] to lay
    ponerse verbo pronominal
    1 ( refl) ( colocarse):
    ◊ pongámonos ahí let's stand (o sit etc) there;

    ponerse de pie to stand (up);
    ponerse de rodillas to kneel (down), get down on one's knees
    2 [ sol] to set
    3 ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja› to put on;

    1 (en estado, situación) (+ compl):

    se puso triste she became sad;
    cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw it;
    se puso como loco he went mad;
    ponerse cómodo to make oneself comfortable
    2 ( empezar) ponerse a + inf to start -ing, to start + inf;

    (Esp):

    poner verbo transitivo
    1 (en un lugar, una situación) to put: me puso en un aprieto, he put me in a tight corner
    (seguido de adjetivo) to make: me pone contento, he makes me happy
    2 (hacer funcionar) to turn o switch on
    3 (un fax, telegrama) to send
    poner una conferencia, to make a long-distance call
    4 (una multa, un castigo) to impose
    5 (abrir un negocio) to set up
    6 (vestir) to put on
    7 (exponer) tienes que poner la planta al sol/a la sombra, you have to put the plant in the sun/shade
    8 (aportar) yo puse mil pesetas, I contributed a thousand pesetas
    9 (conjeturar, imaginar) to suppose: pongamos que..., supposing (that)...
    10 (estar escrito) lo pone aquí, it's written here
    no pone nada de eso, it doesn't say anything about that
    11 TV Cine to put on, show
    12 Tel ponme con él, put me through to him
    13 (un nombre) le pondremos Tadeo, we are going to call him Tadeo
    ya le puso título a la novela, he has already given the novel a title
    ♦ Locuciones: poner a alguien a caldo, to pull sb to pieces
    poner a cien, to make sb nervous: me pone a cien cuando habla de ese modo, when he talks that way I get nervous
    poner en duda, to call into question: los inversores pusieron su competencia en duda, the investors questioned his competence
    poner a alguien en evidencia, to show sb up
    poner en evidencia, to show up: la situación pone en evidencia la falta de justicia del sistema, the situation exposes the system's unfairness
    poner a alguien en su sitio, to put sb in his place
    ' poner' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    activar
    - alinear
    - alta
    - alto
    - altura
    - antecedente
    - antena
    - arreglar
    - arrinconar
    - aunar
    - bandeja
    - brete
    - cabeza
    - calzar
    - caldo
    - calle
    - cara
    - cargar
    - carta
    - caso
    - cien
    - codificar
    - comprometer
    - confiar
    - coto
    - crecer
    - cuenco
    - cuestión
    - dejar
    - denuncia
    - depositar
    - descomponer
    - descubierta
    - descubierto
    - desesperar
    - diente
    - dirigir
    - discutir
    - distribuir
    - enchufar
    - enderezar
    - enervar
    - enfermar
    - enfrentar
    - enmascarar
    - entregar
    - entregarse
    - escenificar
    - escobilla
    - esmerarse
    English:
    acquaint
    - action
    - apply
    - arm
    - arrange
    - aside
    - best
    - blur
    - bond
    - box
    - bracket
    - bundle
    - bung
    - cap
    - cast
    - cheek
    - claim
    - code
    - collect
    - compromise
    - connect
    - cork
    - crack
    - cross
    - crown
    - curb
    - date
    - dip
    - discomfit
    - dishwasher
    - egg
    - end
    - endanger
    - excite
    - face
    - fault
    - feature
    - fetter
    - fill in
    - fit
    - fluster
    - follow up
    - forewarn
    - free
    - gather
    - get
    - glaze
    - go
    - gown
    - grin
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [situar, agregar, meter] to put;
    me pusieron en la última fila I was put in the back row;
    ponle un poco más de sal put some more salt in it, add a bit of salt to it;
    pon los juguetes en el armario put the toys (away) in the cupboard;
    ¿dónde habré puesto la calculadora? where can I have put o left the calculator?;
    poner un anuncio en el periódico to put an advert in the paper;
    poner un póster en la pared to put a poster up on the wall;
    poner una inyección a alguien to give sb an injection;
    hubo que ponerle un bozal al perro we had to put a muzzle on the dog, we had to muzzle the dog
    2. [ropa, zapatos, maquillaje]
    poner algo a alguien to put sth on sb;
    ponle este pañal al bebé put this Br nappy o US diaper on the baby
    3. [servir]
    ¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?, what would you like?;
    póngame una cerveza, por favor I'd like o I'll have a beer, please;
    ¿cuánto le pongo? how much would you like?;
    póngame un kilo give me a kilo
    4. [contribuir, aportar] to put in;
    poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the business;
    poner algo de mi/tu/ etc[m5]. parte to do my/your/ etc bit;
    poner mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) sth;
    pon atención en lo que digo pay attention to what I'm saying;
    hay que poner más cuidado con o [m5] en la ortografía you have to take more care over your spelling
    5. [hacer estar de cierta manera]
    poner a alguien en un aprieto/de mal humor to put sb in a difficult position/in a bad mood;
    le has puesto colorado/nervioso you've made him blush/feel nervous;
    ponérselo fácil/difícil a alguien to make things easy/difficult for sb;
    lo puso todo perdido she made a real mess;
    el profesor nos puso a hacer cuentas the teacher gave us some sums to do;
    llegó y nos puso a todos a trabajar she arrived and set us all to work;
    pon la sopa a calentar warm the soup up;
    me pusieron de aprendiz de camarero they had me work as a trainee waiter;
    poner cara de tonto/inocente to put on a stupid/an innocent face
    6. [calificar]
    poner a alguien de algo to call sb sth;
    me pusieron de mentiroso they called me a liar;
    poner bien algo/a alguien to praise sth/sb;
    poner mal algo/a alguien to criticize sth/sb
    7. [oponer]
    poner obstáculos a algo to hinder sth;
    poner pegas a algo to raise objections to sth
    8. [asignar] [precio] to fix, to settle on;
    [multa] to give; [deberes, examen, tarea] to give, to set;
    le pusieron (de nombre) Mario they called him Mario;
    me han puesto (en el turno) de noche I've been assigned to the night shift, they've put me on the night shift;
    le pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam
    9. [comunicar] [telegrama, fax, giro postal] to send;
    [conferencia] to make; Esp
    ¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him?;
    Esp
    no cuelgue, ahora le pongo don't hang up, I'll put you through in a second
    10. [conectar, hacer funcionar] [televisión, radio] to switch o put on;
    [despertador] to set; [instalación, gas] to put in; [música, cinta, disco] to put on;
    pon la lavadora put the washing machine on;
    pon el telediario put the news on;
    puse el despertador a las seis/el reloj en hora I set my alarm clock for six o'clock/my watch to the right time;
    ¿te han puesto ya el teléfono? are you on the phone yet?, have they connected your phone yet?;
    ponlo más alto, que no se oye turn it up, I can't hear it
    11. [en el cine, el teatro, la televisión] to show;
    anoche pusieron un documental muy interesante last night they showed a very interesting documentary;
    ¿qué ponen en la tele/en el Rialto? what's on the TV/on at the Rialto?;
    en el Rialto ponen una de Stallone there's a Stallone movie on at the Rialto
    12. [montar] to set up;
    poner la casa to set up home;
    poner un negocio to start a business;
    ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shop;
    han puesto una cocina nueva they've had a new Br cooker o US stove put in;
    hemos puesto moqueta en el salón we've had a carpet fitted in the living-room;
    poner la mesa to lay the table;
    pusieron la tienda (de campaña) en un prado they pitched their tent o put their tent up in a meadow
    13. [decorar] to do up;
    han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style
    14. [suponer] to suppose;
    pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happened;
    pon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five days;
    poniendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan;
    ¿cuándo estará listo? – ponle que en dos días when will it be ready? – reckon on it taking two days
    15. Esp [decir] to say;
    ¿qué pone ahí? what does it say there?
    16. [escribir] to put;
    ¿qué pusiste en la segunda pregunta? what did you put for the second question?
    17. [huevo] to lay
    18. RP [demorar] to take;
    el tren pone media hora en llegar allá the train takes half an hour to get there
    19. Fam [excitar]
    esa actriz me pone that actress totally does it for me
    ♦ vi
    [gallina, aves] to lay (eggs)
    ♦ v impersonal
    Am Fam [parecer]
    se me pone que… it seems to me that…
    * * *
    <part puesto> v/t
    1 put;
    poner en marcha set in motion;
    pongamos que let’s suppose o assume that
    2 ropa put on
    3 ( añadir) put in
    4 RAD, TV turn on, switch on
    5 la mesa set
    6 ( escribir) put down
    7 en periódico, libro etc say;
    la crítica puso muy bien su última película the critics gave his last film very good reviews
    8 negocio set up
    9 telegrama send
    10 huevos lay
    11 AUTO marcha put the car in, move into
    12 dinero deposit
    13
    :
    poner a alguien furioso make s.o. angry;
    ponerle a alguien con alguien TELEC put s.o. through to s.o.;
    * * *
    poner {60} vt
    1) colocar: to put, to place
    pon el libro en la mesa: put the book on the table
    2) agregar, añadir: to put in, to add
    3) : to put on (clothes)
    4) contribuir: to contribute
    5) escribir: to put in writing
    no le puso su nombre: he didn't put his name on it
    6) imponer: to set, to impose
    7) exponer: to put, to expose
    lo puso en peligro: she put him in danger
    8) : to prepare, to arrange
    poner la mesa: to set the table
    9) : to name
    le pusimos Ana: we called her Ana
    10) establecer: to set up, to establish
    puso un restaurante: he opened up a restaurant
    11) instalar: to install, to put in
    siempre lo pones de mal humor: you always put him in a bad mood
    13) : to turn on, to switch on
    14) suponer: to suppose
    pongamos que no viene: supposing he doesn't come
    15) : to lay (eggs)
    poner a : to start (someone doing something)
    lo puse a trabajar: I put him to work
    poner de : to place as
    la pusieron de directora: they made her director
    poner en : to put in (a state or condition)
    poner en duda: to call into question
    poner vi
    1) : to contribute
    2) : to lay eggs
    * * *
    poner vb
    1. (colocar) to put [pt. & pp. put]
    2. (ropa, etc) to put on
    3. (añadir) to put
    ¿le has puesto sal a las patatas? have you put any salt on the potatoes?
    ¿te pones azúcar? do you take sugar?
    4. (escribir) to write [pt. wrote; pp. written] / to put
    5. (programar) to set [pt. & pp. set]
    6. (encender) to put on / to turn on / to switch on
    7. (establecer) to open
    8. (enviar) to send [pt. & pp. sent]
    9. (comunicar) to put through
    ¿me pones con Asunción, por favor? can you put me through to Asunción, please?
    10. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]
    11. (proyectar) to be on
    ¿qué ponen en el Renoir? what's on at the Renoir?
    12. (dar un nombre) to call
    13. (imponer) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]
    14. (servir) to give
    ¿qué te pongo? what can I get you?
    ¿me pone un kilo de tomates? can I have a kilo of tomatoes, please?
    15. (aportar) to supply [pt. & pp. supplied] / to put in
    16. (suponer) to suppose / to say [pt. & pp. said]
    pongamos por caso... suppose... / let's say...
    poner huevos to lay eggs [pt. & pp. laid]

    Spanish-English dictionary > poner

  • 5 Fall

    m; -(e)s, kein Pl.
    1. fall; im Fallschirm: descent; freier Fall PHYS. free fall; sich bei einem Fall verletzen be hurt in a fall; zu Fall bringen cause s.o. to fall; im Kampf: bring down; durch Beinstellen: trip up, zu Fall kommen fall
    2. der Temperatur, der Kurse, der Preise etc.: fall, drop; stärker: slump
    3. fig. downfall; einer Regierung etc.: auch fall, collapse; einer Festung etc.: fall; zu Fall bringen (Regierung etc.) bring down; (Pläne etc.) thwart; (Gesetzentwurf etc.) defeat; zu Fall kommen Person: come to grief; Regierung auch: be brought down; Plan: be wrecked ( oder thwarted); Gesetzentwurf etc.: be defeated; Hochmut
    4. Art zu Hängen: fall; von Stoff: drape
    —
    m; -(e)s, Fälle
    1. case (auch MED., JUR.); (Angelegenheit) auch matter, affair; (Einzelbeispiel) instance; (Vorkommnis) occurrence; der Fall Graf the Graf case; ein Fall von Typhus a typhoid case, a case of typhoid; ein typischer Fall von... a typical case of...; in vielen Fällen in many cases, often; im besten oder günstigsten Fall at best; im schlimmsten Fall at worst; in diesem / im anderen Fall(e) in that ( oder this) case / otherwise; im Falle eines Falles umg. if (the) worst comes to (the) worst; für alle Fälle just in case, to be on the safe side; auf alle Fälle oder auf jeden Fall anyway; (ganz bestimmt) definitely; lass den Schlüssel auf alle Fälle oder in jedem Fall da whatever you do, leave the key behind; auf keinen Fall on no account, under no circumstances; (ganz bestimmt nicht) definitely not; sag es ihm auf keinen Fall don’t tell him whatever you do; ist das der Fall? is that the case (here)?; das ist nicht der Fall that is not the case; das ist auch bei ihm der Fall it’s the same with him; der Fall liegt so the situation is as follows; für den oder im Fall, dass er kommen sollte in case he should come; gesetzt den Fall suppose, supposing, let’s assume; wenn der Fall zutrifft oder wenn das der Fall ist if that is the case; wenn der Fall zutrifft oder wenn es der Fall ist, dass er... if this is a case of his ( oder him) (+ Ger.) das ist von Fall zu Fall verschieden that varies from case to case; das muss man von Fall zu Fall entscheiden auch you have to decide each case on its merits; klarer Fall, dass er das nicht kann umg. it’s obvious he can’t do it; klarer Fall! umg. (oh,) sure!; das ist ganz / nicht ganz mein Fall umg. that’s right up my street / not exactly my cup of tea; er ist genau / nicht ganz mein Fall umg. he’s just / not exactly my type; hoffnungslos
    2. LING. case; erster / zweiter / dritter / vierter Fall nominative / genitive / dative / accusative case; der fünfte Fall the instrumental case; im Lateinischen: the ablative case; der sechste Fall the prepositional case; (Vokativ) the vocative case; im dritten Fall stehen be in the dative; nach „durch“ steht der vierte Fall „durch“ is followed by the accusative
    —
    n; -(e)s, -en; NAUT. halyard
    * * *
    das Fall
    (Segel) halyard;
    der Fall
    (Sachverhalt) instance; case;
    (Sturz) cropper; fall; downfall
    * * *
    Fạll I [fal]
    m -(e)s, ordm; e
    ['fɛlə]
    1) (= das Hinunterfallen) fall

    im/beim Fall hat er... — when/as he fell he...

    See:
    → frei
    2) (= das Zufallkommen) fall; (fig) (von Menschen, Regierung) downfall; (von Plänen, Gesetz etc) failure

    über die Affäre ist er zu Fall gekommen (fig) — the affair was or caused his downfall

    zu Fall bringen (lit geh) — to make fall, to trip up; (fig) Menschen to cause the downfall of; Regierung to bring down; Gesetz, Plan etc to thwart; Tabu to break down

    3) (fig = Untergang, Sturz) fall
    4) (von Kurs, Temperatur etc) drop, fall (+gen in)
    5) (von Gardine etc) hang, drape
    II
    m -(e)s, ordm; e
    1) ['fɛlə]

    (= Umstand) gesetzt den Fall — assuming or supposing (that)

    für den Fall, dass ich... — in case I...

    für den Fall meines Todes, im Falle meines Todes — in case I die

    für alle Fälle — just in case

    auf jeden Fall — at any rate, at all events

    auf keinen Fall — on no account

    auf alle Fälle — in any case, anyway

    im günstigsten/schlimmsten Fall(e) — at best/worst

    im Falle eines Falles — if it comes to it

    wenn dieser Fall eintritt — if this should be the case, if this should arise

    2) (= gegebener Sachverhalt) case

    ein Fall von... — a case or an instance of...

    von Fall zu Fall — from case to case, from one case to the next; (hin und wieder) periodically

    in diesem Fall(e) will ich noch einmal von einer Bestrafung absehen, aber... — I won't punish you on this occasion, but...

    jds Fall sein (inf) — to be sb's cup of tea (inf)

    klarer Fall! (inf) — sure thing! (esp US inf), you bet! (inf)

    3) (JUR, MED = Beispiel, Person) case
    4) (GRAM = Kasus) case

    der erste/zweite/dritte/vierte Fall — the nominative/genitive/dative/accusative case

    III
    nt -(e)s, -en (NAUT)
    halyard
    * * *
    der
    1) (an instance or example: another case of child-beating; a bad case of measles.) case
    2) (a particular situation: It's different in my case.) case
    3) (a legal trial: The judge in this case is very fair.) case
    4) (an argument or reason: There's a good case for thinking he's wrong.) case
    5) ((usually with the) a fact: I don't think that's really the case.) case
    6) (a form of a pronoun (eg he or him), noun or adjective showing its relation to other words in the sentence.) case
    7) (an act of falling: a drop in temperature.) drop
    8) ((a quantity of) something that has fallen: a fall of snow.) fall
    9) (capture or (political) defeat: the fall of Rome.) fall
    * * *
    Fall1
    <-[e]s, Fälle>
    [fal, pl ˈfɛlə]
    m
    1. kein pl (das Hinunterfallen) fall
    der freie \Fall free fall
    im freien \Fall in free fall
    2. (Sturz) fall
    jdn zu \Fall bringen (geh) to make sb fall, to trip up sb sep
    zu \Fall kommen (geh) to fall
    sich akk bei einem \Fall verletzen to fall and injure oneself, to injure oneself [when] falling
    3. (Untergang) downfall; Festung fall
    Aufstieg und \Fall rise and fall
    etw zu \Fall bringen to bring down sth sep
    ein Gesetz zu \Fall bringen to defeat a bill
    jds Pläne zu \Fall bringen to thwart sb's plans
    eine Regierung zu \Fall bringen to bring down [or overthrow] a government
    Fall2
    <-[e]s, Fälle>
    [fal, pl ˈfɛlə]
    m
    1. (Umstand, Angelegenheit) case, circumstance, instance
    ein hoffnungsloser/schwieriger \Fall sein to be a hopeless/difficult case
    klarer \Fall! (fam) you bet! fam
    sollte der \Fall eintreten, dass... if the case should arise that...
    [nicht] der \Fall sein [not] to be the case
    sollte es der \Fall sein, dass... if it's true that...
    auf alle Fälle in any case; (unbedingt) at all events
    auf jeden [o in jedem] \Fall always
    auf keinen [o in keinem] \Fall never, under no circumstances
    für alle Fälle just in case
    für den \Fall einer Notlage in case of emergency [or pl emergencies]
    für den \Fall meines/seines Todes in case I die/he dies
    für den \Fall, dass jd etw tut in case sb does sth
    gesetzt den \Fall, dass... assuming [or supposing] [that]...
    im äußersten \Fall[e] at the worst
    im günstigsten/schlimmsten [o ungünstigsten] \Fall[e] at best/worst
    im \Falle eines \Falles if it comes [down] to it
    in diesem/dem \Fall in this/that case
    in so einem \Fall in a case like that
    von \Fall zu \Fall from case to case, as the case may be
    2. JUR (Rechtssache) case
    schwebender \Fall pending case, lis pendens
    vorliegender \Fall case at issue
    einen \Fall übernehmen to take on a case
    einen \Fall verhandeln to hear [or try] a case
    seinen \Fall vortragen to plead one's case
    3. MED case
    4. LING (Kasus) case
    der erste/zweite \Fall the nominative/genitive case
    5.
    ▶ [nicht] jds \Fall sein (fam) [not] to be to sb's liking, [not] to be sb's cup of tea fam
    * * *
    der; Fall[e]s, Fälle
    1) (Sturz) fall

    zu Fall kommen — have a fall; (fig.) come to grief

    jemanden zu Fall bringen — (fig.) bring about somebody's downfall

    etwas zu Fall bringen — (fig.) stop something

    der Fall einer Stadt — (fig.) the fall of a town

    2) (das Fallen) descent

    für den äußersten od. schlimmsten Fall, im schlimmsten Fall — if the worst comes to the worst

    es ist [nicht] der Fall — it is [not] the case

    gesetzt den Fall — assuming; supposing

    auf jeden Fall, in jedem Fall, auf alle Fälle — in any case

    nicht jemandes Fall sein — (fig. ugs.) not be somebody's cup of tea

    4) (Rechtsw., Med., Grammatik) case

    der 1./2./3./4. Fall — (Grammatik) the nominative/genitive/dative/accusative case

    * * *
    Fall1 m; -(e)s, kein pl
    1. fall; im Fallschirm: descent;
    freier Fall PHYS free fall;
    sich bei einem Fall verletzen be hurt in a fall;
    zu Fall bringen cause sb to fall; im Kampf: bring down; durch Beinstellen: trip up,
    2. der Temperatur, der Kurse, der Preise etc: fall, drop; stärker: slump
    3. fig downfall; einer Regierung etc: auch fall, collapse; einer Festung etc: fall;
    zu Fall bringen (Regierung etc) bring down; (Pläne etc) thwart; (Gesetzentwurf etc) defeat;
    zu Fall kommen Person: come to grief; Regierung auch: be brought down; Plan: be wrecked ( oder thwarted); Gesetzentwurf etc: be defeated; → Hochmut
    4. Art zu Hängen: fall; von Stoff: drape
    Fall2 m; -(e)s, Fälle
    1. case ( auch MED, JUR); (Angelegenheit) auch matter, affair; (Einzelbeispiel) instance; (Vorkommnis) occurrence;
    der Fall Graf the Graf case;
    ein Fall von Typhus a typhoid case, a case of typhoid;
    ein typischer Fall von … a typical case of …;
    in vielen Fällen in many cases, often;
    in diesem/im anderen Fall(e) in that ( oder this) case/otherwise;
    im Falle eines Falles umg if (the) worst comes to (the) worst;
    für alle Fälle just in case, to be on the safe side;
    auf jeden Fall anyway; (ganz bestimmt) definitely;
    in jedem Fall da whatever you do, leave the key behind;
    auf keinen Fall on no account, under no circumstances; (ganz bestimmt nicht) definitely not;
    sag es ihm auf keinen Fall don’t tell him whatever you do;
    ist das der Fall? is that the case (here)?;
    das ist nicht der Fall that is not the case;
    das ist auch bei ihm der Fall it’s the same with him;
    der Fall liegt so the situation is as follows;
    im Fall, dass er kommen sollte in case he should come;
    gesetzt den Fall suppose, supposing, let’s assume;
    wenn das der Fall ist if that is the case;
    wenn es der Fall ist, dass er … if this is a case of his ( oder him) (+ger)
    das ist von Fall zu Fall verschieden that varies from case to case;
    das muss man von Fall zu Fall entscheiden auch you have to decide each case on its merits;
    klarer Fall, dass er das nicht kann umg it’s obvious he can’t do it;
    klarer Fall! umg (oh,) sure!;
    das ist ganz/nicht ganz mein Fall umg that’s right up my street/not exactly my cup of tea;
    er ist genau/nicht ganz mein Fall umg he’s just/not exactly my type; → hoffnungslos
    2. LING case;
    erster/zweiter/dritter/vierter Fall nominative/genitive/dative/accusative case;
    der fünfte Fall the instrumental case; im Lateinischen: the ablative case;
    der sechste Fall the prepositional case; (Vokativ) the vocative case;
    im dritten Fall stehen be in the dative;
    nach „durch“ steht der vierte Fall “durch” is followed by the accusative
    Fall3 n; -(e)s, -en; SCHIFF halyard
    * * *
    der; Fall[e]s, Fälle
    1) (Sturz) fall

    zu Fall kommen — have a fall; (fig.) come to grief

    jemanden zu Fall bringen — (fig.) bring about somebody's downfall

    etwas zu Fall bringen — (fig.) stop something

    der Fall einer Stadt — (fig.) the fall of a town

    2) (das Fallen) descent
    3) (Ereignis, Vorkommnis) case; (zu erwartender Umstand) eventuality

    für den äußersten od. schlimmsten Fall, im schlimmsten Fall — if the worst comes to the worst

    es ist [nicht] der Fall — it is [not] the case

    gesetzt den Fall — assuming; supposing

    auf jeden Fall, in jedem Fall, auf alle Fälle — in any case

    nicht jemandes Fall sein — (fig. ugs.) not be somebody's cup of tea

    4) (Rechtsw., Med., Grammatik) case

    der 1./2./3./4. Fall — (Grammatik) the nominative/genitive/dative/accusative case

    * * *
    ¨-e m.
    case n.
    fall n.
    halyard n.
    issue n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Fall

  • 6 ENDA

    I)
    conj.
    1) with subj. (a standing phrase in the law connecting the latter clause of a conditional premiss) if, and if, and in case that, and supposing that;
    nú hefir maðr sveinbarn fram fœrt í œsku, enda verði sá maðr veginn síðan, þá …, if a man has brought a boy up in his youth, and it so happens that he (the boy) be slain, then …;
    2) even if, allhough, with subj. (seg mér, hvat til berr, at þú veizt fyrir úorðna hluti, enda sér þú eigi spámaðr);
    3) even;
    þá skal hann segja búum sínum til, enda á, þingi, even in parliment;
    4) if only with subj. (fyrir engan mun þori ek at vekja konunginn en segja má ek honum tíðindin, ef þú vill, enda vekir þú hann);
    5) and indeed, and of course, and also, and besides;
    enda skulum vér þá leysa þik, and then of course we shall loose thee;
    sýnist þat jafnan, at ek em fégjarn, enda man svá enn, and so it will be also in this case;
    eigi nenni ek at hafa þat saman, at veita Högna, enda drepa bróður hans, I cannot bear to do both, help H. and yet kill his brother;
    enda tak þú nú øxi þína, and now take thy axe.
    (að, or enda, ent), v.
    1) to end, coming to an end (í því sama klaustri endi hann sína æfi);
    impers., endar þar sögu frá honum, the tale of him ends there;
    2) to fulfil, perform (enda heit sitt);
    3) to mark the end of, to bound (af suðri endir hana [i. e. Asia] úthafit);
    4) refl., endast, to end, come to an end (reiði mannsins endist á einu augabragði);
    to last, hold out (berjast meðan dagrinn endist);
    meðan mér endast föng til, as long as my provisions last;
    ef honum endist aldr til, if he lives so long;
    meðan mér endast lífdagar, meðan ek endumst, as long as I live;
    to turn out, to end (well or ill), to do (enda mun þat fám bóndum vel endast at synja mér mægðar).
    * * *
    1.
    a copul. conj. with a slight notion of cause or even disjunction: [the use of this copulative is commonly regarded as a test word to distinguish the Scandin. and the Saxon-Germ.; the A. S. ende, Engl. and, Hel. end, Germ. und being represented by Scandin. auk, ok, or og: whereas the disjunctive particle is in Scandin. en, enn, or even enda, answering to the Engl., A. S., and Germ. aber, but; the Gothic is neutral, unless jab, by which Ulf. renders καί, be = auk, ok:—this difference, however, is more apparent than real; for the Icel. ‘enda’ is probably identical with the Germ. and Saxon und, and: in most passages it has a distinct copulative sense, but with something more than this]:—and, etc.
    I. with subj., a standing phrase in the law, connecting the latter clause of a conditional premiss, if so and so, and if …, and again if …; or it may be rendered, and in case that, and supposing that, or the like. The following references will make it plainer; ef goðinn er um sóttr, enda hafi hann öðrum manni í hönd selt …, þá skal hann ok sekja …, if a suit lies against the priest, ‘and’ he has named a proxy, then the suit lies also against him (viz. the proxy), Grág. i. 95; ef skip hverfr ok sé eigi til spurt á þrim vetrum, enda sé spurt ef þeim löndum öllum er vár tunga er á, þá …, if a ship disappears without being heard of for three years, ‘and’ inquiry has been made from all the countries where ‘our tongue’ is spoken, then …, 218; ef goðinn gerr eigi nemna féránsdóm, enda sé hann at lögum beiddr …, þá varðar goðanum fjörbaugsgarð, if the priest name not the court of férán, ‘and’ has been lawfully requested thereto, then he is liable to the lesser outlawry, 94; nú hefir maðr sveinbarn fram fært í æsku, enda verði sá maðr veginn síðan, þá …, if a man has brought a boy up in his youth, ‘and in case that’ he (the boy) be slain, then …, 281; ef maðr færir meybarn fram …, enda beri svá at…, ok ( then) skal sá maðr …, id.; ef menn selja ómaga sinn af landi héðan, ok eigi við verði, enda verði þeir ómagar færðir út hingat síðan, þá …, 274; hvervetna þess er vegnar sakir standa úbættar á milli manna, enda vili menn sættask á þau mál …, þá …, ii. 20; ef sá maðr var veginn er á ( who has) vist með konu, enda sé þar þingheyandi nokkurr …, þá …, 74; þat vóru lög, ef þrælar væri drepnir fyrir manni, enda ( and in case that) væri eigi færð þrælsgjöldin fyrir hina þriðju sól, þá …, Eg. 723, cp. Eb. 222; þótt maðr færi fram ellri mann, karl eðr konu, í barnæsku, enda ( and in case that) berisk réttarfar síðan um þá menn, þá skal …, 281; ef þú þorir, enda sér þú nokkut at manni, if thou darest, ‘and supposing that’ thou art something of a man, Fb. i. 170, segja má ek honum tíðendin ef þú vilt, enda vekir þú hann, ‘and supposing that’ thou wilt awake him, Fms. iv. 170; en þeir eru skilnaðarmenn réttir er með hvárigum fóru heiman vísir vitendr, enda ( and even) vildi þeir svá skilja þá, Grág. ii. 114; enda fylgi þeir hvárigum í braut ( supposing they), id.; hvat til berr er þú veizt úorðna hluti, enda sér þú eigi spámaðr, supposing that thou art a prophet, Fms. i. 333.
    2. rarely with indic.; ef kona elr börn með óheimilum manni, enda gelzt þó fé um, hón á eigi…, Eb. 225.
    II. even, even if, usually with indic.; kona á sakir þær allar ef hún vill reiðask við, enda komi ( even if) eigi fram loforðit, Grág. i. 338: in single sentences, þá skal hann segja búum sínum til, enda á þingi, even in parliament, ii. 351: the phrase, e. svá ( even so), eigi þau handsöl hennar at haldask, enda svá þau er, i. 334; enda er þó rétt virðing þeirra, ef …, and their taxation is even (also) lawful, if …, 209: in mod. usage very freq. in this sense (= even).
    III. denoting that a thing follows from the premiss, and consequently, and of course, and then, or the like, and forsooth, freq. in prose with indic.; man ek eigi optar heimta þetta fé, enda verða þér aldri at liði síðan, I shall not call for this debt any more, ‘and also’ lend thee help never more, Vápn. 18; ef þeir eru eigi fleiri en fimm, enda eigi færi, if they are not more than five, and also not less, Grág. i. 38; enda eigu menn þá at taka annan lögsögumann ef vilja, and they shall then elect another speaker if they choose, 4; enda skulum vér þá leysa þik, and then of course we shall loose thee, Edda 20; varðar honum skóggang, enda verðr hann þar óheilagr, and of course or and even, and to boot, Grág. ii. 114; skal hann segja til þess á mannamótum, enda varðar honum þá eigi við lög, i. 343; á sá sök er hross á, enda verðr sá jamt sekr um nautnina sem aðrir menn, 432; þá á sök þá hvárr er vill, enda skal lögsögumaðr …, 10; enda á hann kost at segja lögleigor á féit, ef hann vill þat heldr, 217; trúi ek honum miklu betr en ( than) öðrum, enda skal ek þessu ráða, and besides I will settle this myself, Eg. 731; sýnisk þat jafnan at ek em fégjarn, enda man svá enn, it is well known that I am a money-loving man, and so it will be too in this case, Nj. 102; beið ek af því þinna atkvæða, enda num öllum þat bezt gegna, I waited for thy decision, and (as) that will be the best for all of us, 78; er þat ok líkast at þér sækit með kappi, enda munu þeir svá verja, and so will they do in their turn, 227; Hallgerðr var fengsöm ok storlynd, enda ( and on the other hand) kallaði hón til alls þess er aðrir áttu í nánd, 18; mikit má konungs gæfa um slíka hluti, enda mun mikill frami fásk í ferðinni ef vel tekst, Fms. iv. í 29; Ölver var málsnjallr ok máldjarfr, e. var hann vitr maðr, 235; ekki mun ek halda til þess at þú brjótir lög þín, enda eru þau eigi brotin, ef …, neither are they broken, if …, Fb. i. 173, Mork. 81.
    2. with a notion of disjunction, and yet; eigi nenni ek at hafa þat saman, at veita Högna, enda drepa bróður hans, I cannot bear to do both, help Hogni and yet kill his brother, Nj. 145; er þér töldut Grænland vera veðrgott land, enda er þat þó fullt af jöklum ok frosti, that you call Greenland a mild climate, and yet it is full of frost and ice, Sks. 209 B.
    3. ellipt. in an abrupt sentence, without a preceding premiss; enda tak nú öxi þína, and now take thy axe (implying that I can no longer prevent thee), Nj. 58; enda þarf hér mikils við, 94; maðrinn segir, enda fauk höfuðit af bolnum, the man continued,—nay, the head flew off the body, Ld. 290: even in some passages one MS. uses ‘enda,’ another ‘ok,’ e. g. skorti nú ekki, enda var drengilega eptir sótt (ok var drengilega eptir sótt, v. l.), Fms. viii. 357; cp. Fb. iii. 258, 1. 16, and Mork. 7, 1. 15: the law sometimes uses ‘ok’ exactly in the sense of enda, ef maðr selr ómaga sinn af landi brott, ‘ok’ verði hinn aptrreki er við tók, þá …, Grág. i. 275.
    2.
    d, (enda, að, Fs. 8, Ld. 50, Bs. i. 865; mod. usage distinguishes between enda að, to end, finish, and enda t, to fulfil):—to end, bring to an end; ok endi þar líf sitt, Fms. i. 297; af ráðinn ok endaðr, Fs. l. c.; endaðir sínu valdi, Bs. i. 865.
    2. metaph. to bring to an end, fulfil, perform a promise or the like; þá sýslu er hann endi eigi, work which he did not perform, Grág. ii. 267; þótti Heinreki biskupi Gizurr eigi enda við konung þat sem hann hafði heitið, Fms. x. 51; enda þeir þat er Páll postuli mælti, Hom. 135; hefir þú komit ok ent þat er þú lofaðir, Niðrst. 8.
    II. reflex, to end, come to an end; reiði mannsins endisk á einu augabragði, 656 A. ii. 17; er svá hefjask upp at eigi endask, 656 B. 3; þá endisk sá enn mikli höfðingskapr Dana konunga, Fms. xi. 205; þær endask ok byrjask jafnfram ávalt, Rb. 232.
    2. to last out; ok endisk þá, allt á sumar fram, Nj. 18; meðan mér endask föng til, Eg. 66; en honum endisk eigi til þess líf, Bs. i. 77; en er veizlor endusk eigi fyrir fjölmennis sakir, Hkr. ii. 92; ok endisk því þetta hóti lengst, Gísl. 50; meðan ek endumk til, as long as I last, i. e. live, Fms. iv. 292.
    3. to end well, do; enda mun þat fám bóndum vel endask at synja mér mægðar, Ísl. ii. 215; ek veit, at þat má honum eigi endask, ef …, Rd. 311; ok öngum skyldi öðrum hans kappa enzk hafa betta nema þér, Fas. i. 104; segir honum eigi ella endask mundu, Fms. iv. 143.
    III. impers. in the phrase, sögu endar, endar þar sögu frá honum, it ends the tale, i. e. the tale is ended, Ld. 50: in mod. usage Icel. can say, saga endar, sögu endar, and saga endast, here the story ends.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ENDA

  • 7 على

    عَلَى \ against: touching (usually sth. upright): The rain beat against the window. He pressed his nose against the glass. on: showing where sb. or sth. is placed: He lay on his back on the bed. The picture hung on a nail on the wall. Your name is on the list. He hit me on the nose. The boat is on the river (in the water). The house is on the river (beside the water), as in the previous meaning, but with movement (often with to) He jumped on (to) his horse. The book fell on (to) the floor. onto: on to: He sprang onto the table. over: lying across; resting on; covering: A cloud was over the sun. She spread a cloth over the table, across the surface of Ships sail over the sea, above (in rank, etc.) He rules over a proud people, about; concerning They quarrelled over the resutl of the race. You need not hurry over your dinner. upon: on. \ عَلَى \ on shore, ashore: on dry land; not on the sea; on or to the shore: Sailors are unhappy ashore. We swam ashore from the boat. \ See Also نَحْوَ البَرّ، اليابسة (اليَابِسَة)‏ \ عَلَى \ ashore: on or to the shore: Sailors are unhappy ashore. We swam ashore from the boat. on shore, ashore: on dry land; not on the sea. \ See Also نَحْوَ الشّاطِئ \ عَلَى اتِّصَال (عكس مُنْقَطع عن)‏ \ in touch: (the opposite is out of touch) giving or receiving news: I’ve been in touch with my brother by telephone. The radio keeps us in touch with world events. \ عَلَى أتَمّ ما يكُون من التَّرتيب والهِنْدام \ spick and span: (as a predic. phrase) neat, clean and bright: Sailors usually keep their boats spick and span. \ عَلَى الأَثير \ on the air: being sent out on the radio or television. \ عَلَى أَحْسَن وَجْه \ best, well, better: in the best way: Peter played best last week. \ عَلَى أرْبَع \ on all fours: on hands and knees: She went down on all fours to look for the needle. \ عَلَى الأرض \ over: from an upright (or straight) position to a flat (or bent) position: I fell over. He knocked me over. She bent over to pick it up. \ عَلَى استعداد \ content: willing: I’m content to wait for my turn. \ عَلَى أشُدِّه \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ عَلَى الإطلاق \ little: (coming just before the verb) not at all: I little knew (or Little did I know) that next day he would be dead. not in the least: not at all: It doesn’t matter in the least. whatever: at all: I have no money whatever. whatsoever: a strong form of whatever; at all: Tell him nothing whatsoever!. \ عَلَى الأَغْلَب \ for the most part: mostly: He is old and for the most part he stays at home. \ عَلَى أَقْصَى ما تستطيع رؤيتَه \ in the distance: far away (from the point where one is): In the distance he could see the mountains. \ عَلَى الأَقَلّ \ a good: (with numbers) at least: He lives a good 3 miles away. at least: (showing that sth. is true, necessary, etc., even if sth. else is not) in spite of what has just been said or is just going to be said: He may be lazy but at least he’s honest. You can at least be polite even if you don’t like him, not less than It cost at least $100. quite: at least; not less than: The journey took quite three hours. \ عَلَى الأَكثَر \ largely: mostly: The accident was largely his own fault. mainly: chiefly; mostly. \ عَلَى انفِراد \ private: (only in the phrase in private) privately; where nobody can hear except those concerned: May I speak to you in private. \ عَلَى أُهْبَة الاستعداد \ stand by: to be ready, in case one may be needed: The soldiers were told to stand by. \ عَلَى أَيّ حال \ anyhow: in any case: I don’t really need this; anyhow, it costs too much. anyway: in any case: I may be late; anyway, don’t wait for me, in any case I don’t really need this; anyhow, it costs too much. at all events, in any event: in any case; whatever may happen or has happened: He didn’t win but, at all events, he did try hard. at any rate: at least; in any case: He wasn’t there; at any rate, I don’t think he was. I may not succeed; but I’ll try, at any rate. in any case: no matter what else may be considered, anyhow: It costs too much. In any case, I don’t really need it. \ عَلَى أيَّة حال \ all the same, at the same time: (only at the start of a sentence; comparing points that are for and against) in spite of this: He’s not clever; all the same, he does try hard. however: all the same; in spite of what has just been said: I’m very tired; however, I’ll come and help you. \ عَلَى بُعد \ away: at a distance: Brighton is 60 miles away. Keep away from the wet paint. beyond: further; on or to the farther side: I looked across the river to the hills beyond. \ عَلَى التَّخْصِيص \ in particular: especially: I enjoyed his first song in particular. \ عَلَى التَّوَالي \ respectively: separately, in that order: Boys and girls will be examined on Monday and Tuesday respectively (the boys on Monday, the girls on Tuesday). \ عَلَى جَانِب \ up: along (up and down are both used like this, although the course may be quite level): He lives just up the road. \ عَلَى الجميع \ round: to everyone: He handed the coffee round. There were not enough cups to go round. \ عَلَى حَدٍّ \ as far as, so far as: (showing a limit): As far as I know, he’s not here. \ عَلَى حَدٍّ سَواء \ alike: in the same way: He treats us all alike. \ عَلَى حَدِّ عِلْمي \ to the best knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, he is honest (I have no reason to doubt his honesty). \ عَلَى حِدَة \ private: (only in the phrase in private) privately; where nobody can hear except those concerned: May I speak to you in private?. separate: not joined or shared; apart: Keep the new milk separate from the old. \ عَلَى حَقّ (مُحِقّ)‏ \ be in the right: not be at fault: Although they said she’d made a mistake, they discovered she was in the right. \ عَلَى حِين غِرَّة \ all of a sudden: in a sudden manner. suddenly: in a sudden manner: The door opened suddenly. \ عَلَى خَطَأ \ in the wrong: mistaken (in one’s judgement, behaviour etc.). \ عَلَى الدَّوام \ always: at all times. \ عَلَى رؤوس الأصابِع \ on tiptoe: on the tips of one’s toes: I can reach that if I stand on tiptoe. \ عَلَى الرّاجح \ likely: (usu. with very, most, more or quite) probably: She’s very likely right. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم مِن \ despite: in spite of: Despite his age, the old man walks several miles every day. for all: in spite of: For all his strength, he could not lift it. much as: although: Much as I admire him, I could not work with him. spite, in spite of: (of sth. that fails) even with: In spite of his efforts, he could not save her life, without regard to; not caring about (a difficulty) In spite of his illness, he attended the ceremony. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم مِنْ أَنَّ \ although: in spite of the fact that; (without a verb) in spite of being: Although (he was) ill, he went to work. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم من ذلك \ even so: in spite of that: He may be foolish; even so, you should help him. just the same: (showing one thing that is not the natural result of another) in spite of this: He’s a thief, but I like him just the same. nevertheless: in spite of that: I told him it would be dangerous, but nevertheless he did it. still: in spite of that: We rarely win; but still, we enjoy playing. \ عَلَى سَبيل المِثال \ for instance: as an example: He’s often late. Yesterday, for instance, he came home after midnight. \ عَلَى السَّطح كلِّه \ over: (esp. with all) across a surface: The table was wet all over. He rubbed it over with a dry cloth. \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة \ level: equal in height or position: His eyes were level with my shoulder. I soon drew level with the leading runner. \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة \ flush: exactly on a level with; not sticking out from; meeting exactly at the edges: The door is flush with the wall when it is closed. \ See Also مستوى (مُسْتَوًى)‏ \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة واحدة \ even: equal: The table legs were not of even length. He shared the money evenly among them. \ عَلَى شاكِلَة \ like: the same as: What is he like (in appearance and character)? He’s just like his father., What does it feel (or look or taste or smell or sound) like?. in the same way as:: He swims like a fish. \ عَلَى شَرْط \ provide (that), also providing (that): if; on condition that: I’ll go, provided (that) you’ll go too. \ عَلَى شَفَا \ on the brink of: close to (sth. dangerous or exciting): on the brink of war. on the point of doing sth.: starting to do sth.: I was on the point of telephoning you, when I got your letter. on one’s last legs: (of a person or thing) not expected to last much longer; worn out; almost in ruins: That company is on its last legs. on the verge of: close to: She was on the verge of tears. \ See Also شفير (الموت أو الإفلاس، إلخ)، عَلى وَشْك \ عَلَى صَهْوَةِ الجَوَاد \ on horseback: on a horse: He travelled on horseback. \ عَلَى ضِغْن \ grudgingly: unwillingly. \ See Also على غير رَغْبَة \ عَلَى طُولِ \ along: following the line of: He ran along the road. down: along (without regard to level): We raced down the street. My friend lives just down the road. \ عَلَى ظَهْر \ on deck: on an uncovered deck, in the open air. \ See Also سَطْح السفينة \ عَلَى ظَهْر الحِصان \ on horseback: on a horse: He travelled on horseback. \ عَلَى ظَهْر السَّفينة \ on board: on (or on to) a ship or aeroplane: There are 70 men on board. Can I go on board the aircraft?. \ عَلَى ظَهْر الصَّفْحَة \ overleaf: on the back of the page: Please fill in this paper, and sign your name overleaf. \ عَلَى عَرْض \ across: over; from one side to the other of: He ran across the street. There is a bridge across the stream. \ عَلَى العَكْس \ on the contrary: (expressing disagreement) the opposite is true: It’s not worn out - on the contrary, it’s quite new. \ عَلَى عِلْم بِـ \ familiar with: knowing; accustomed to: I’m not familiar with English law. \ عَلَى عُلُوّ \ high: (in compounds) to the height of: The grass was waist-high. \ عَلَى الغالِب \ probably: almost certainly; with little doubt: You’re probably right. \ عَلَى غَيْر انتظار \ surprisingly: unexpectedly: a surprisingly good result. \ عَلَى غَيْر رَغْبَة \ grudgingly: unwillingly. \ عَلَى غَيْر هُدًى \ adrift: (of boats) loose; floating about with no control: Our ship was wrecked and we were left adrift in a small boat on the ocean. \ عَلَى فَتَرات مُنْتَظِمة \ periodically: from time to time. \ عَلَى فَرض أنّ \ (conj.) supposing: if: Supposing he’s late, shall we wait for him? Even supposing the lorry comes, it will still be too late. \ عَلَى الفِطْرة \ na]ve: too simple to be sensible; lacking wisdom and experience: a na]ve question; a na]ve young girl. \ عَلَى فِكْرَة \ by the way: used to show that the speaker is about to change the subject: Thank you for your help. By the way, would you like to come to our party next week?. \ عَلَى الفَوْر \ directly: at once: He arrived directly after me. instantly: at once. off-hand: without thought or preparation: I can’t say off-hand what it cost, but it was over $1000. \ عَلَى قافية واحدة \ rhyme: (of word endings) to have the same sound: ‘Consideration’ rhymes with ‘nation’, ‘Port’ rhymes with ‘thought’. ‘Pleasure’ rhymes with ‘measure’ but not with ‘pressure’. \ عَلَى قَدْر \ according to: in the proper way for; depending on: Each man was paid according to his skill. \ عَلَى قَدَم وَسَاق \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ عَلَى قَيْد الحَيَاة \ alive: living: He was buried alive when part of a cliff fell on him. \ عَلَى كُلّ حال \ at any rate: at least; in any case: He wasn’t there; at any rate, I don’t think he was. I may not succeed; but I’ll try, at any rate. \ عَلَى مَا يَبْدُو \ apparently: it seems (from what people say): I thought she was 15, but apparently is older. \ عَلَى ما يَصِل إليه عِلْمي \ to the best of my knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, my son has never met her. \ See Also على مَبْلَغ علمي \ عَلَى المَدَى الطَّويل \ in the long run: after a period of time; in the end: It’ll be cheaper in the long run to buy good quality shoes. \ عَلَى مسؤوليَّته الشخصيّة \ at one’s own risk: agreeing that any troube will be one’s own fault: The bridge is unsafe but you can cross it at your own risk. \ عَلَى مسافة قريبة مِن \ off: a short distance from: an island off the English coast. \ عَلَى مُسْتَوًى \ level: equal in height or position: His eyes were level with my shoulder. \ عَلَى مِصْرَاعَيْه (فَتَحَ الباب)‏ \ wide: (with open) fully: open the door wide. Leave it wide open. \ عَلَى نَحْو مماثِل \ similarly: in the same way: They were similarly dressed. \ عَلَى نَسَق \ on the lines of: in the general form of: We’re planning some sports on the lines of the Olympic Games, but for schoolboys only. \ عَلَى نَفْس الوَتيرة \ even: (of movement) regular; steady: Her heart was not beating evenly. \ عَلَى نَوبات \ fits and starts: in short bursts; starting and stopping: The engine only goes in fits and starts. \ See Also فترات \ عَلَى هذا المُعَدَّل \ at that rate: if those conditions continue: He keeps stopping for a rest; at that rate, he won’t finish the job today. \ عَلَى هذا النَّحْو \ so: in this way; in that way: Don’t shout so!. thus: in this way. \ عَلَى الهَوَاء \ on the air: being sent out on the radio or television. \ عَلَى وَتِيرَة واحدة \ monotonous: (of a voice, a job, a way of life, etc.) dull, never changing and therefore uninteresting. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ \ unusually: (with an adj.) very; strangely: It is unusually cold in here today. \ See Also بشكل غير عاديّ \ عَلَى وَجْهِ التَّقْريب \ roughly: (with numbers and amounts) not exactly; about: roughly 50 trees; roughly a mile away. \ عَلَى وَجْهِ الخُصُوص \ particularly: especially: a particularly nasty smell. \ عَلَى الوَجهِ الصحيح \ duly: properly; as expected: The bill was duly paid. The train duly arrived. \ عَلَى وَجْهِ العُمُوم \ in general: in most cases: Men in general are taller than women. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ ما \ somehow: in some way or other, by some means or other: I’ll pay for it somehow, even if I have to ask someone to lend me the money. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ مُسْتَهْجَن \ oddly: strangely: She behaved very oddly last night. \ عَلَى مِقْدار عِلْمي \ for all I know: as far as I know: For all I know, you may have stolen this. \ عَلَى مَقْرُبةٍ \ near: close to, in position: His house is near my own. \ عَلَى مَقرُبة مِن \ about: around; near There’s a lot of illness about. I went out early, when no one was about (when no one else was out). \ عَلَى مَهْل \ leisurely: without haste: He likes a leisurely walk in the evening. \ عَلَى نَحْو أسوأ \ worse: more bad; more badly: Murder is worse than stealing. It is a worse crime. You write even worse than I do. \ عَلَى نَحْوٍ أَفْضَل \ better, well, best: in a better way: He drives better than I do. \ عَلَى نَحْو تامّ \ strictly: exactly: Strictly speaking (If I tell you the exact truth) this ticket is out of date; but I’ll let you travel with it. \ See Also كامل (كامِل)‏ \ عَلَى نَحْو خَطير \ badly: seriously: He was badly wounded. \ عَلَى نَحْو رَخْو \ loosely: in a loose way: a loosely tied knot. \ See Also غير مُحْكَم \ عَلَى نَحْو رَدِيء \ badly: in a bad manner: badly dressed; badly made. \ عَلَى نَحْو صارم \ strictly: very firmly: Smoking in this cinema is strictly forbidden. \ See Also دَقيق \ عَلَى نَحْو صَحيح \ right: correctly: You guessed right. \ عَلَى نَحْو صَحيح \ rightly: justly; correctly: You acted rightly. \ See Also ملائم (مُلائم)‏ \ عَلَى نَحْوٍ كَامِل \ absolutely: without conditions: You must agree absolutely and not to try to change matters later. \ عَلَى نَحو مألوف \ ordinarily: usually. \ عَلَى نَحْو مُرْضٍ \ well: (the adv. form of the adj. good; see better, best) in a good and pleasing way: Well done! You played very well. \ عَلَى نَحْو مُلحّ \ badly: (with need, want) very much: They need money badly. \ عَلَى وَشْك \ on the point of doing sth.: starting to do sth.: I was on the point of telephoning you, when I got your letter. \ عَلَى وَشْك أَنْ \ be about to do sth.: to be ready to do it; be just going to do it: I was about to go when he arrived. on the verge of: close to: She was on the verge of tears. \ عَلَى يَد (مِن قِبَل)‏ \ by: (showing who or what did sth.): He was bitten by a dog. \ عَلَى اليدين والرِّجلين \ on all fours: on hands and knees: She went down on all fours to look for the needle.

    Arabic-English dictionary > على

  • 8 mettre

    mettre [mεtʀ]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ➭ TABLE 56
    1. <
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque mettre s'emploie dans des expressions telles que mettre qch en place, se mettre à table, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
       a. ( = placer) to put
    • où mets-tu tes verres ? where do you keep your glasses?
    ► mettre qch à (+ infinitif)
       b. ( = revêtir) to put on
       c. ( = consacrer) to take
    • il y a mis le temps ! he's taken his time!
    • je suis prêt à mettre 500 € I'm willing to give 500 euros
       d. ( = faire fonctionner) to put on
       e. ( = installer) [+ eau] to lay on ; [+ placards] to put in ; [+ étagères, rideaux] to put up ; [+ moquette] to lay
    • si un pays, mettons la Norvège, décide... if a country, Norway say, decides...
    • qu'est-ce qu'ils nous ont mis ! (inf) (bagarre, match) they gave us a real hammering! (inf)
    • va te faire mettre ! (vulg!) fuck off! (vulg!)
    2. <
       a. ( = se placer) [objet] to go
    • se mettre avec qn ( = faire équipe) to team up with sb ; (en ménage) (inf) to move in with sb (inf)
       e. ( = commencer) to start
    • qu'est-ce que tu es énervant quand tu t'y mets ! (inf) you can be a real pain once you get started! (inf)
    ► se mettre à + nom
    • voilà qu'il se met à pleuvoir ! and now it's starting to rain!
    * * *
    mɛtʀ
    1.
    1) (placer dans un endroit, une position) to put
    2) ( projeter involontairement) to drop [confiture, beurre] ( sur on); to spill [liquide, poudre] ( sur on)
    3) ( placer sur le corps) to put on [écharpe, fard]
    4) ( placer dans le corps) to put in
    6) (placer dans une situation, un état)
    7) ( classer)

    mettre quelque chose avant tout le reste or au-dessus de tout — to put something

    8) ( disposer)

    mettre la radio/les nouvelles — to put the radio/the news on

    mets plus/moins fort! — turn it up/down!

    10) ( installer) to put in [chauffage, douche, téléphone, placard]; to put up [rideau, lustre, étagère]

    mettre du carrelage/de la moquette — to lay tiles/a carpet

    11) ( écrire) to put up [inscription]

    il met que tout va bien — ( dans une lettre) he says ou writes that everything's fine

    mettre au passif/en anglais — to put into the passive/into English

    est-ce qu'on met un trait d'union à ‘multinational’? — is there a hyphen in ‘multinational’?

    mettez le pronom qui convient — ( remplacez) replace with the appropriate pronoun; ( bouchez les trous) insert the appropriate pronom

    12) ( ajouter) to add [ingrédient] ( dans to); to put [accessoire]
    13) ( consacrer)
    14) (investir, dépenser) to put [argent] (dans, sur into)

    combien pouvez-vous mettre? — ( pour acheter) how much can you afford?; ( pour contribuer) how much can you put in?

    15) ( prendre) ( du temps)

    mettre un temps fou — (colloq) to take ages (colloq)

    16) (colloq) ( vendre)
    17) ( attribuer) to give [note]
    18) (colloq) ( dire)

    mettons dix dollars/à dix heures — let's say ten dollars/at ten

    19) (colloq) ( supposer)
    20) (sl) ( ficher)

    tu peux te le mettre où je pense or quelque part — you know where you can put it (colloq)


    2.
    verbe intransitif

    mettre bas — gén [vache] to calve; [brebis] to lamb; [jument] to foal


    3.
    se mettre verbe pronominal
    1) (se placer dans un endroit, une position)

    se mettre devant la fenêtre — ( debout) to stand in front of the window; ( assis) to sit down in front of the window

    2) ( projeter involontairement sur soi) to spill [something] on oneself [liquide, poudre]
    3) ( placer sur son corps) to put on [veste, fard]
    4) ( placer dans son corps) to put in
    5) ( commencer)
    6) ( tourner)

    le temps s'est mis au froid/à la pluie — the weather has turned cold/to rain

    7) (se placer dans une situation, un état)

    on va se mettre ensemble — (colloq) ( sous le même toit) we're going to live together

    * * *
    mɛtʀ vt
    1) (= placer) to put

    mettre en sac — to put in bags, to put in sacks

    mettre qch à la poste — to post sth Grande-Bretagne to mail sth USA

    mettre qn en examen pour qch — to charge Grande-Bretagne sb with sth, to indict USA sb for sth

    2) [vêtements] (= revêtir) to put on, (= porter) to wear

    Mets ton gilet. — Put your cardigan on.

    Je mets mon manteau et j'arrive. — I'll put on my coat and then I'll be ready.

    Je ne mets plus mon manteau. — I no longer wear my coat.

    Elle ne met pas souvent de jupe. — She doesn't often wear a skirt.

    3) (= faire fonctionner) [chauffage, électricité] to put on, [réveil, minuteur] to set

    Il fait froid, je vais mettre le chauffage. — It's cold, I'm going to put the heating on.

    4) (= installer) [gaz, eau] to put in, to lay on

    faire mettre le gaz — to have gas put in, to have gas installed

    faire mettre l'électricité — to have electricity put in, to have electricity installed

    5) (= consacrer)

    mettre du temps à faire qch — to take time to do sth, to take time over sth

    mettre 2 heures à faire qch — to take 2 hours to do sth, to take 2 hours over sth

    Elle met des heures à se préparer. — She takes hours to get ready.

    6) (= noter, écrire) to put

    mettez les mots suivants au pluriel:... — put the following words into the plural:...

    7) (= supposer)

    mettons que... — let's suppose that..., let's say that...

    * * *
    mettre verb table: mettre
    A vtr
    1 (placer dans un endroit, une position) to put [chose, partie du corps, personne]; mettre un vase sur la table/des bûches dans la cheminée/le vin au frais to put a vase on the table/logs on the fire/the wine in a cool place; j'ai mis ta voiture au garage I've put your car in the garage for you; mettre les pieds sur la table/les mains sur la tête to put one's feet on the table/one's hands on one's head; mettre les mains en l'air/un timbre à l'envers to put one's hands up/a stamp on upside down; on m'a mis devant/tout au fond they put me at the front/right at the back; je l'ai mise sur ses pieds I put her on her feet; je mets les enfants à la crèche I send the children to a creche; il m'a mis en bas de chez moi he dropped me off outside my door; on m'a mis debout they stood me up; nous l'avons mise à l'hôtel we put her up at the hotel;
    2 ( projeter involontairement) to drop [solide]; to spill [liquide, poudre]; mettre de la confiture sur le tapis to drop jam on the carpet; mettre de la colle/farine partout to spill glue/flour all over the place;
    3 ( placer sur le corps) to put on [vêtement, bijou, maquillage, lunettes, préservatif, serviette]; mets ton écharpe put your scarf on; je vais mettre du mascara I'll put some mascara on;
    4 ( placer dans le corps) to put in [tampon, suppositoire, plombage]; on m'a mis un plombage I had a filling;
    5 ( porter habituellement sur le corps) to wear [lunettes, type de vêtement, parfum]; dans mon école les garçons mettent des cravates in my school boys wear ties; je ne mets jamais de chapeau I never wear a hat;
    6 (placer dans une situation, un état) mettre qn dans une situation embarrassante to put sb in an embarrassing situation; mettre qn en colère/en joie to make sb angry/happy; mettre qn en fureur to enrage sb; mettre qn au désespoir to drive sb to despair; mettre qn de bonne/mauvaise humeur to put sb in a good/bad mood; tu me mets hors de moi you infuriate me; mettre qn à la chaîne/à la reliure to put sb on the assembly line/on binding; mettre qn au travail to put sb to work; mettre qn au piano/au latin to start sb on the piano/on Latin; mettre les enfants à regarder la télévision to put the children in front of the television; si vous nous quittez, on mettra quelqu'un d'autre if you leave us, we'll find somebody else; mettre le riz à cuire to put the rice on; mettre le linge à sécher to put the washing out to dry;
    7 ( classer) mettre la famille avant tout le reste to put one's family first; mettre ses études au-dessus de tout to put one's studies first; je le mets au premier rang de tous les écrivains I rank him the best writer of all;
    8 ( disposer) mettre les assiettes to put the plates on the table; mettre les verres/la moutarde/un cendrier to put out the glasses/the mustard/an ashtray; mettre les chaises/une autre chaise to bring chairs/another chair; mettre une nappe to put on a tablecloth; je t'ai mis des draps propres I've put clean sheets on for you;
    9 ( faire fonctionner) mettre la radio/la télévision/le chauffage to put the radio/the television/the heating on; mettre les nouvelles/la deuxième chaîne to put the news/channel 2 on; mettre plus fort to turn up [appareil]; mettre moins fort to turn down [appareil]; mets plus/moins fort! turn it up/down!; mettre les essuie-glaces/les phares to switch on ou put on the windscreen GB ou windshield US wipers/the headlights; mettre le réveil to set the alarm; mettre le verrou to bolt the door; mettre le loquet to latch the door;
    10 ( installer) to put in [chauffage, douche, téléphone, placard]; to put up [rideau, lustre, étagère]; faire mettre le téléphone to have a telephone put in; je t'ai mis une prise I've put in a socket for you; mettre de la moquette to lay a carpet; faire mettre de la moquette ( dans une pièce) to have a carpet laid; ( dans plusieurs pièces) to have carpets laid; mettre du carrelage to lay tiles;
    11 ( écrire) to put up [inscription]; ils ont mis des graffiti partout/sur la colonne they've put graffiti everywhere/on the column; il met que tout va bien ( dans une lettre) he says ou writes that everything's fine; qu'est-ce que je dois mettre? what shall I put?; mettre au passif/au singulier to put into the passive/into the singular; mettre en vers to put into verse; je t'ai mis un mot I've left you a note; est-ce qu'on met un trait d'union à ‘multinational’? is there a hyphen in ‘multinational’?; il faut mettre un trait d'union you must put a hyphen in; mettre sa signature sur un document to put one's signature to a document; mettez votre signature ici sign here; mettez le pronom qui convient ( remplacez) replace with the appropriate pronoun; ( bouchez les trous) insert the appropriate pronom; mettre en musique to set to music; mettre en anglais to put into English; mettre son brouillon au propre or au net to write out ou up one 's notes;
    12 ( ajouter) to add [ingrédient] (dans to); to put [accessoire, élément décoratif]; mettre du sel dans la soupe to put some salt in the soup; mettre un peu de piment dans un récit to add a little spice to a story; mettre une sonnette à son vélo/des pompons à ses pantoufles to put a bell on one's bicycle/pompoms on one's slippers; mettre une radio à sa voiture/une doublure à sa veste to put a radio in one's car/a lining in one's jacket;
    13 ( consacrer) mettre tout son cœur dans son travail to put one's heart into one's work; y mettre du sien to put oneself into it; mettre toute son énergie à essayer de comprendre to put all one's energy into trying to understand; mettre des moyens importants au service d'une cause to use all possible means to further a cause; mettre de la rigueur dans sa démarche to become more thorough in one's approach;
    14 (investir, dépenser) to put [argent] (dans, sur into); mettre tout son argent dans son commerce to put all one's money into one's business; j'ai tout mis sur le pétrole I've put everything into oil; il a tout mis sur un cheval/une équipe he's put everything on a horse/a team; combien pouvez-vous mettre? ( pour acheter) how much can you afford?; ( pour contribuer) how much can you put in?;
    15 ( prendre) [activité] to take [heures, jours, années] (pour faire to do); elle a bien mis une heure it took her easily an hour; mettre un temps fou○ to take ages○;
    16 ○( vendre) je vous mets des tomates? would you like some tomatoes?; je vous en mets combien? deux, trois? how many would you like? two, three?;
    17 ○( attribuer) je vous ai mis trois sur vingt I've given you three out of twenty;
    18 ○( battre) ils nous ont mis trois à zéro they beat us three nil GB ou three to nothing US; je lui ai mis une gifle I gave him/her a slap (across the face); tu veux que je te mette mon poing sur la figure? do you want my fist in your face○?; qu'est-ce qu'il m'a mis! what a thrashing○ he gave me!;
    19 ○( partir) les mettre to beat it○; je dois les mettre I'd better beat it;
    20 ○( dire) mettons dix dollars/à dix heures let's say ten dollars/at ten;
    21 ○( supposer) mettons qu'il vienne, qu'est-ce que vous ferez? supposing ou say he comes, what will you do?;
    22 ◑( ficher) tu peux te le mettre où je pense or quelque part you know where you can put○ it ou stick◑ it; va te faire mettre get stuffed◑!
    B vi Vét, Zool mettre bas gén to give birth, to drop; [vache] to calve; [brebis] to lamb; [jument] to foal.
    C se mettre vpr
    1 (se placer dans un endroit, une position) se mettre devant la fenêtre ( debout) to stand in front of the window; ( assis) to sit down in front of the window; ( couché) to lie (down) in front of the window; se mettre sur les mains to stand on one's hands; se mettre sur le dos to lie on one's back; se mettre au lit to go to bed; se mettre debout to stand up; se mettre sur ses jambes to get to one's feet; ne plus savoir où se mettre not to know where to put oneself; se mettre les mains sur la tête to put one's hands on one's head; se mettre les doigts dans le nez to pick one's nose; où est-ce que ça se met? where does this go?;
    2 ( projeter involontairement sur soi) to spill [sth] on oneself [liquide, poudre]; se mettre de la confiture to get jam on oneself; se mettre de la boue sur ses chaussures/de l'encre sur le nez/une poussière dans l'œil to get mud on one's shoes/ink on one's nose/some grit in one's eye; s'en mettre partout to get it all over oneself;
    3 ( placer sur son corps) to put on [vêtement, bijou, maquillage]; se mettre un foulard/un collier/du rouge à lèvres to put on a scarf/a necklace/lipstick; se mettre de la poudre sur le visage to put some powder on one's face, to powder one's face; je ne sais pas quoi me mettre I don't know what to put on;
    4 ( placer dans son corps) to put in [suppositoire, tampon];
    5 ( commencer) se mettre à l'anglais/au tennis to take up English/tennis; se mettre à prendre des somnifères to start taking sleeping pills; ma voiture se met à avoir des problèmes my car is starting to go wrong; il va se mettre à pleuvoir it's going to start raining; il se met à faire froid/du vent it's starting to get cold/windy;
    6 ( tourner) le temps s'est mis au froid/au beau/à la pluie the weather has turned cold/fine/to rain;
    7 ( se lancer) elle s'est mise à leur recherche she started looking for them; je me suis mis sur l'affaire I started looking into the case;
    8 (se placer dans une situation, un état) se mettre en tort to put oneself in the wrong; se mettre dans une situation impossible to get (oneself) into an impossible situation; se mettre dans une sale affaire to get involved in some shady business; je me mets de ton côté I'm on your side; je préfère me mettre bien avec lui I prefer to get on the right side of him; se mettre à l'aise to make oneself comfortable; se mettre en colère to get angry; se mettre nu to take off one's clothes; on va se mettre ensemble○ ( sous le même toit) we're going to live together; il s'est mis avec elle○ ( de son côté) he's on her side; ( sous le même toit) he's moved in with her;
    9 ( s'habiller) se mettre en tenue d'été to put on summer clothes; se mettre en arlequin to dress up as Harlequin; se mettre en jaune to wear yellow;
    10 ( se grouper) ce n'est pas la peine de vous (y) mettre à dix there's no need for ten of you; ils s'y sont mis à au moins trente there were at least thirty of them;
    11 ○( manger) je m'en suis mis un maximum I really stuffed○ myself; s'en mettre plein la panse○ or lampe○ or gueule● to stuff○ oneself; qu'est-ce qu'on s'est mis! we really stuffed○ ourselves!;
    12 ( se battre) qu'est-ce qu'on s'est mis! we really laid○ into each other!
    [mɛtr] verbe transitif
    1. [placer] to put
    mettre sa confiance/tout son espoir en to put one's trust/all one's hopes in
    mettre quelqu'un dans: mettre quelqu'un dans l'avion/le train to put somebody on the plane/the train
    mettre de l'argent sur son compte to put ou to pay some money into one's account
    2. [poser horizontalement] to lay, to put
    mettre la main sur le bras de quelqu'un to lay ou to put one's hand on somebody's arm
    3. [disposer]
    4. [ajuster] to set
    mets la sonnerie à 20 h 30 set the alarm for 8:30 p.m
    5. [établir - dans un état, une situation]
    mettre quelqu'un à: mettre quelqu'un à l'amende to fine somebody, to impose a fine on somebody
    mettre quelqu'un au travail to set somebody to work, to get somebody working
    mettre du vin en bouteilles to put wine into bottles, to bottle wine
    mettre du linge à sécher to put ou to hang clothes up to dry
    mettre quelque chose à tremper to put something to soak, to soak something
    6. [fixer] to put
    mettre une pièce à un pantalon to put a patch on ou to patch a pair of trousers
    [ajouter] to put
    7. [se vêtir, se coiffer, se chausser de] to put on (separable)
    [porter régulièrement] to wear
    je lui ai mis son manteau/ses gants I put his coat/his gloves on (for him)
    8. [faire fonctionner - appareil] to turn ou to put ou to switch on (separable)
    mets de la musique put some music on, play some music
    mets les sports (familier) /la première chaîne put on the sport channel/channel one
    9. [installer] to put in (separable), to install
    mettre du papier peint/de la moquette dans une pièce to wallpaper/to carpet a room
    10. [consacrer - temps] to take
    elle a mis trois mois à me répondre she took three months ou it took her three months to answer me
    nous y mettrons le temps/le prix qu'il faudra we'll spend as much time/money as we have to
    tu as mis le temps! (familier) you took your time about it!, you took long enough!
    11. [écrire] to put
    on met un accent sur le "e" "e" takes an accent
    on met deux m à "pomme" "pomme" has two m's
    mets qu'il a refusé de signer (familier) write ou put down that he refused to sign
    12. [supposer]
    et mettons que tu gagnes? suppose ou let's say you win?
    il faut, mettons, 2 mètres de tissu we need, (let's) say ou shall we say, 2 metres of material
    13. [donner] to give
    le prof m'a mis 18 ≃ the teacher gave me an A
    14. (familier) [infliger]
    qu'est-ce qu'il m'a mis au ping-pong! he really hammered me ou he didn't half thrash me at table tennis!
    je lui ai mis une bonne claque I gave ou landed him a good clout
    ————————
    se mettre verbe pronominal (emploi passif)
    1. [dans une position, un endroit - chose] to go
    les pieds, ça ne se met pas sur la table! tables aren't made to put your feet on!
    2. [aller - vêtement] to go
    ————————
    se mettre verbe pronominal intransitif
    1. [s'installer, s'établir - dans une position]
    2. [entrer - dans un état, une situation]
    il s'est mis dans une position difficile he's got ou put himself in a difficult situation
    3. [s'habiller]
    4. [s'unir]
    a. [pour un jeu] to team up with somebody
    b. [pour vivre] to move in with somebody
    c. [dans une discussion] to side with somebody
    on s'est mis par équipes de 6 we split up into ou we formed teams of 6 (people)
    ————————
    se mettre verbe pronominal transitif
    to put on (separable)
    se mettre une belle robe/du parfum to put on a nice dress/some perfume
    ————————
    se mettre à verbe pronominal plus préposition
    1. [passer à]
    2. [commencer]
    se mettre à l'ouvrage to set to work, to get down to work
    a. [au travail] to get down to it
    b. [à une activité nouvelle] to have a try
    si tu t'y mets aussi, je renonce! if you join in as well, I give up!

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > mettre

  • 9 posto che

    posto che cong.
    1 ( ammesso che) supposing that, assuming that; granting that: posto che che tu abbia ragione..., supposing that (o assuming that o granting that) you are right...
    2 ( dal momento che) seeing (o given) that, since: posto che che non esiste altra alternativa..., seeing (o given o since) there is no (other) alternative...

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > posto che

  • 10 asumir

    v.
    1 to assume.
    el descontento asumió caracteres alarmantes the discontent began to take on alarming proportions
    Ricardo asume la fidelidad de María Richard assumes Ann's faithfulness.
    Pedro asume poses afectadas Peter assumes affected poses.
    Pedro asume un aire de presunción Peter assumes a grandiose air.
    2 to accept.
    asumir la responsabilidad de algo to take on responsibility for something
    * * *
    1 to assume, take on, take upon oneself
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=responsabilizarse de) [+ reto, tarea] to take on; [+ cargo] to take up; [+ mando] to take over, assume más frm

    asumió la presidencia en 1999 — he took up o assumed más frm the presidency in 1999

    ha asumido la dirección de la empresa en un momento muy difícil — he has taken control of o has taken over the company at a very difficult time

    2) (=aceptar) [+ consecuencias] to take, accept; [+ crítica] to accept; [+ problema, enfermedad, derrota] to come to terms with, accept

    ya he asumido que no podré volver a esquiar — I've already come to terms with o accepted the fact that I won't be able to ski again

    3) (=adoptar) to adopt, take

    asumieron una actitud crítica — they adopted o took a critical stance

    4) (=adquirir) to assume
    5) (=suponer)
    2.
    VI (Pol) to take office, take up office
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <cargo/tarea/responsabilidad> to take on, assume (frml)
    b) ( adquirir) <importancia/dimensiones> to assume (frml)
    c) ( adoptar) < actitud> to assume (liter)
    d) ( aceptar) to come to terms with
    2) (AmL) ( suponer) to assume
    * * *
    = assume, assume, come to + grips with, take over, get to + grips with, take on.
    Ex. The foregoing discussion concerning analytical entries assumes implicitly a conventional catalogue format, that is, card, microform or other printed catalogue.
    Ex. A pseudonym is the name assumed by an author to conceal or obscure his or her identity.
    Ex. Right now the management team is beginning to come to grips with our annual budget process, as it does every year.
    Ex. We need to replace those aspects of traditional public library service which have been taken over by other media or rendered redundant by social change.
    Ex. The Treasure has made good use of a number of methodologies in getting to grips with the principles and applications of information management.
    Ex. If we decide to take on making up a subject file there'd be a lot of footwork even if we use that list as a basis = Si decidimos aceptar crear un fichero ordenado por materias habría mucho trabajo incluso si usamos esta lista como base.
    ----
    * asumir Algo = take (+ Nombre) + on board (+ Nombre).
    * asumir el papel = dress + the part.
    * asumir el papel de = step into + the role of.
    * asumir el papel de Alguien = step into + the shoes of, stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * asumir la dirección = take over + the leadership (from).
    * asumir la responsabilidad = assume + responsibilitiy (for).
    * asumir las consecuencias = take + the consequences, live with + the consequences.
    * asumir poder = assume + power.
    * asumir prioridad = assume + priority.
    * asumir responsabilidad = take over, take + responsibility.
    * asumir una apariencia + Adjetivo = take on + Adjetivo + aspect.
    * asumir una característica + Adjetivo = take on + Adjetivo + character.
    * asumir una forma = assume + form.
    * asumir una función = take upon + Reflexivo + role.
    * asumir una nueva faceta = take on + new dimension.
    * asumir una tarea = assume + duty.
    * asumir un papel = assume + role.
    * asumir un riesgo = bear + risk, take + risks.
    * asumir un significado = take on + meaning.
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <cargo/tarea/responsabilidad> to take on, assume (frml)
    b) ( adquirir) <importancia/dimensiones> to assume (frml)
    c) ( adoptar) < actitud> to assume (liter)
    d) ( aceptar) to come to terms with
    2) (AmL) ( suponer) to assume
    * * *
    = assume, assume, come to + grips with, take over, get to + grips with, take on.

    Ex: The foregoing discussion concerning analytical entries assumes implicitly a conventional catalogue format, that is, card, microform or other printed catalogue.

    Ex: A pseudonym is the name assumed by an author to conceal or obscure his or her identity.
    Ex: Right now the management team is beginning to come to grips with our annual budget process, as it does every year.
    Ex: We need to replace those aspects of traditional public library service which have been taken over by other media or rendered redundant by social change.
    Ex: The Treasure has made good use of a number of methodologies in getting to grips with the principles and applications of information management.
    Ex: If we decide to take on making up a subject file there'd be a lot of footwork even if we use that list as a basis = Si decidimos aceptar crear un fichero ordenado por materias habría mucho trabajo incluso si usamos esta lista como base.
    * asumir Algo = take (+ Nombre) + on board (+ Nombre).
    * asumir el papel = dress + the part.
    * asumir el papel de = step into + the role of.
    * asumir el papel de Alguien = step into + the shoes of, stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * asumir la dirección = take over + the leadership (from).
    * asumir la responsabilidad = assume + responsibilitiy (for).
    * asumir las consecuencias = take + the consequences, live with + the consequences.
    * asumir poder = assume + power.
    * asumir prioridad = assume + priority.
    * asumir responsabilidad = take over, take + responsibility.
    * asumir una apariencia + Adjetivo = take on + Adjetivo + aspect.
    * asumir una característica + Adjetivo = take on + Adjetivo + character.
    * asumir una forma = assume + form.
    * asumir una función = take upon + Reflexivo + role.
    * asumir una nueva faceta = take on + new dimension.
    * asumir una tarea = assume + duty.
    * asumir un papel = assume + role.
    * asumir un riesgo = bear + risk, take + risks.
    * asumir un significado = take on + meaning.

    * * *
    asumir [I1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹cargo/tarea› to take on, assume ( frml)
    no quiere asumir la responsabilidad del cuidado de los niños he doesn't want to take on o assume responsibility for looking after the children
    debe asumir las consecuencias de sus errores he must accept the consequences of his mistakes
    asumió el mando del regimiento he assumed command of the regiment
    han asumido el compromiso de reconstruir la ciudad they have undertaken to rebuild the city
    asumió la defensa del presunto asesino he took on the defense of the alleged murderer
    no estaban dispuestos a asumir ese riesgo they were not prepared to take that risk
    2 (adquirir) ‹características›
    la situación ha asumido una gravedad inusitada the situation has assumed o taken on an unwonted gravity ( frml), the situation has become unusually serious
    el incendio asumió grandes proporciones it turned into a major fire
    3 (adoptar) ‹aire/actitud› to adopt, assume ( liter)
    asumió un aire de indiferencia he adopted o assumed an air of indifference
    4 (aceptar) to come to terms with
    todavía no han logrado asumir esta nueva realidad they have not come to terms with this new situation yet
    ya tengo totalmente asumido el problema I've learned to live with o I've come to terms with o I've come to accept the problem now
    B ( AmL) (suponer) to assume
    aun asumiendo que estos datos fueran ciertos even supposing o even assuming that these figures were correct, even if we assume that these figures are correct
    * * *

     

    asumir ( conjugate asumir) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹cargo/tarea/responsabilidad› to take on, assume (frml);

    ‹ riesgo› to take
    b) ( adoptar) ‹ actitud› to assume (frml)


    2 (AmL) ( suponer) to assume
    asumir verbo transitivo to assume
    ' asumir' also found in these entries:
    English:
    assume
    - blame
    - face up to
    - take on
    - take over
    - take up
    - take upon
    - undertake
    - grip
    - take
    - under
    * * *
    asumir vt
    1. [hacerse cargo de] [puesto] to take up;
    [papel] to take on; [inversión] to make; [gasto] to cover;
    asumir la responsabilidad de algo to take on responsibility for sth;
    asumir el mando/control (de) to take charge/control (of);
    cuando murió su padre, él asumió el papel de cabeza de familia when his father died he took over as head of the family;
    el general asumió la presidencia del país the general took over the presidency of the country;
    el presidente asumió el compromiso de ayudar a las víctimas the president gave a commitment to help the victims;
    asumieron el riesgo de viajar sin mapa they took the risk of travelling without a map;
    el Estado asumirá las pérdidas de la empresa the State will cover the company's losses
    2. [adquirir] to take on;
    el descontento asumió caracteres alarmantes the discontent began to take on alarming proportions;
    3. [aceptar] to accept;
    el equipo ha asumido su papel de favorito the team has accepted the mantle o role of favourites;
    asumieron su reacción como algo normal they accepted her reaction as something that was to be expected;
    no asume la muerte de su esposa he can't come to terms with his wife's death;
    eso lo tengo completamente asumido I've fully come to terms with that
    * * *
    v/t
    1 assume
    2 ( aceptar) accept, come to terms with
    * * *
    asumir vt
    1) : to assume, to take on
    asumir el cargo: to take office
    2) suponer: to assume, to suppose

    Spanish-English dictionary > asumir

  • 11 if

    1. n условие, оговорка; предположение

    jump if not less — переход по выполнению условия "не меньше"

    jump if greater — переход по выполнению условия "больше"

    jump if below — переход по выполнению условия "меньше"

    jump if above — переход по выполнению условия "больше"

    2. cj если

    if you come, you will see him — если вы придёте, вы увидите его

    3. cj когда
    4. cj даже если; хотя; пусть

    I will do it, if it kills me — я это сделаю, даже если это будет стоить мне жизни

    if need be — если бы потребовалось, в случае нужды

    5. cj если бы; хотя бы
    6. cj по крайней мере; не менее
    Синонимический ряд:
    1. condition (noun) condition; supposition
    2. even if (other) even if; even though; granting that
    3. if it happens that (other) if it happens that; if it proves that; if it turns out that; in case; in the event that
    4. provided (other) granting; in the event; provided; providing; supposing; though; whereupon; whether or not
    5. providing that (other) as long as; if and only if; only if; provided that; providing that; with the proviso that

    English-Russian base dictionary > if

  • 12 whether or not

    not for the world — ни в коем случае; ни за что на свете

    it is not your affair — это не твоё дело, это не твоя забота

    Синонимический ряд:
    1. in any case (other) certainly; even if; in any case; one way or the other; positively; regardless of whether; whether; whichever; yes or no
    2. provided (other) granting; if; in case; in the event; provided; supposing

    English-Russian base dictionary > whether or not

  • 13 εἰ

    εἰ, [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. and Arc. (for εἰκ, v. infr. 11 ad init.), = [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. αἰ, αἰκ (q. v.), Cypr.
    A

    ἤ Inscr.Cypr.135.10

     H., both εἰ and αἰ in [dialect] Ep.:— Particle used interjectionally with imper. and to express a wish, but usu. either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μή; in the latter, οὐ.
    A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Hom., come now! c. imper.,

    εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Il.9.262

    ; εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ φευγόντων ib.46; most freq. with ἄγε (q. v.), 1.302, al.
    2 in wishes, c. opt.,

    ἀλλ' εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν 10.111

    , cf. 24.74; so later,

    εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα S.OT 863

     (lyr.);

    εἴ μοι γένοιτο φθόγγος ἐν βραχίοσιν E.Hec. 836

    : more freq. folld. by

    γάρ, αἲ γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη Il.4.189

    , al.;

    εἰ γὰρ γενοίμην ἀντὶ σοῦ νεκρός E.Hipp. 1410

    ;

    εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο X.Cyr.6.1.38

    ;

    εἰ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ εἴη Pl.Prt. 310d

    ; of unattained wishes, in Hom. only c. opt.,

    εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν.. Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο εἴην Il.13.825

    ;

    Ζεῦ πάτερ, αἰ γὰρ ἐμὸς πόσις εἴη Alcm.29

    ; later with past tenses of ind.,

    εἰ γάρ μ' ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν A.Pr. 152

     (anap.); εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε .. E.Alc. 1072: twice in Od. c. inf. (cf. the use of inf. in commands),

    αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι 7.311

    , cf. 24.376.
    b εἴθε, [dialect] Ep. αἴθε, is freq. used in wishes in the above constructions,

    εἴθε οἱ αὐτῷ Ζεὺς ἀγαθὸν τελέσειεν 2.33

    ;

    εἴθ' ὣς ἡβώοιμι Il.7.157

    ;

    ἰὼ γᾶ, εἴθ' ἔμ' ἐδέξω A.Ag. 1537

     (lyr.);

    εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγενόμην X.Mem.1.2.46

    : later c. inf.,

    γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι AP9.284

     (Crin.).
    c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον ([dialect] Ep. ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes,

    αἴθ' ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Il.14.84

    ; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Pl.R. 432c.
    d folld. by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης .. Od. 15.536, cf. 17.496, al.; sts. hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use),

    εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28

    .
    B IN CONDITIONS, if:
    I with INDIC.,
    1 with all tenses (for [tense] fut., v. infr. 2), to state a condition, with nothing implied as to its fulfilment, εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι but if this is so, it will be.., Il.1.564: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi,

    εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί E.Fr.292.7

    ;

    εἰ δοκεῖ, πλέωμεν S.Ph. 526

    ;

    εἰ Φαῖδρον ἀγνοῶ, καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπιλέλησμαι Pl.Phdr. 228a

    ;

    κάκιστ' ἀπολοίμην, Ξανθίαν εἰ μὴ φιλῶ Ar.Ra. 579

    , cf. Od.17.475;

    εἰ θεοῦ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν αἰσχροκερδής· εἰ δ' αἰσχροκερδής, οὐκ ἦν θεοῦ Pl.R. 408c

    ;

    εἰ ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ' ἂν εἴη βλαβερά Id.Ap. 30b

    , cf. 25b; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Th.3.40.
    b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sts. with [tense] pres.,

    εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 943

    : with [tense] impf.,

    εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Th.7.10

    : rarely with [tense] aor., D.S.31.26.1, S.E.P.1.84; cf. 111.2.
    2 with [tense] fut. (much less freq. than ἐάν c. subj.), either to express a future supposition emphatically,

    εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται X.Cyr.7.1.19

    ;

    εἰ μὴ βοηθήσετε οὐ περιέσται τἀκεῖ Th.6.91

    ; εἰ αὕτη ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, ἔχεται ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ibid.; in threats or warnings,

    εἰ μὴ καθέξεις γλῶσσαν ἔσται σοι κακά E.Fr.5

    ;

    εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ Pl.Ap. 28c

    , cf. D.28.21: or,
    b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Ar.Av. 759;

    ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἀνήρ.. εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη S.Ant. 485

    , cf. Il.1.61, E.Hec. 863.
    3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled.
    a with [tense] impf., referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Hom. always the latter, Il.24.715, al.): ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαίτῃ μετρίᾳ ἐχρῶντο they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not live an abstemious life, X.Cyr.1.2.16, cf. Pl.R. 489b; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he ([place name] Agamemnon) would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Th.1.9;

    αἰ δ' ἦχες ἔσλων ἴμερον ἢ κάλων.. αἴδως κεν.. ἦχεν Sapph.28

    ; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Pl.Grg. 516e, cf. X.Mem.1.1.5; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Il.8.366.
    b with [tense] aor. referring to past time,

    εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Xenoph.38

    ; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., X.An.2.1.4;

    καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη Pl.Ap. 32d

    , cf. Il.5.680, Od.4.364, D.4.5, 27.63: with [tense] plpf. in apodosi,

    εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Pl. Ap. 36a

    .
    c rarely with [tense] plpf. referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ' ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Isoc.5.56, cf. Pl.Ti. 21c.
    II with SUBJ., εἰ is regularly joined with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε, κεν), cf. ἐάν: Arc. εἰκαν in Tegean Inscrr. of iv B. C. (IG5(2).3.16, 31, 6.2, SIG306.34) should be understood as εἰκ ἄν (εἰ: εἰκ = οὐ: οὐκ), since εἰ δ' ἄν is also found in IG5(2).3.2, 6.45, and εἰκ alone, ib.3.21; but ἄν ([etym.] κε, κεν) are freq. absent in Hom. as Od.5.221, 14.373 (and cf. infr. 2), and Lyr., Pi. (who never uses εἰ with ἄν or κε ([etym.] ν)) P.4.266, al.; in dialects,

    αἰ δείλητ' ἀγχωρεῖν IG9(1).334.6

     ([dialect] Locr., v B. C.), cf. Foed.[dialect] Dor. ap. Th.5.79; rarely in Hdt.,

    εἰ μὴ ἀναβῇ 2.13

    ; occasionally in Trag., A.Eu. 234, S.OT 198 (lyr.), etc.; very rarely in [dialect] Att. Prose,

    εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Th.6.21

    ;

    εἴ τι που ἄλσος ἢ τέμενος ἀφειμένον ᾖ Pl.Lg. 761c

    : in later Prose,

    εἴ τις θελήσῃ Apoc.11.5

    ;

    εἰ φονεύῃ Plot.2.9.9

    , cf. Procl. Inst.26.
    1 when the apodosis is [tense] fut., to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ c. opt., but less so than εἰ c. [tense] fut. ind. (supr. 1.2a); εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' .. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Il.2.364, cf. 1.128, 3.281, Od.17.549;

    ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι X. An.7.3.11

    ; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ' ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, D.4.50, cf. X.Cyr. 5.3.27: folld. by imper., ἢν εἰρήνης δοκῆτε δεῖσθαι, ἄνευ ὅπλων ἥκετε ib.3.2.13, cf. 5.4.30.
    2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (sc. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Il.1.166; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, E.Alc. 671; with ἄν omitted,

    εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Il.1.81

    .
    b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Pl.R. 473d.
    III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν c. opt., Dam.Pr. 114, al.),
    1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν c. subj., usu. with opt. with ἄν in apod., ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Il.1.255, cf. 7.28, Od.3.223;

    εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς A.Pr. 979

    ;

    οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας X.An.7.7.11

    ;

    οἶκος δ' αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, σαφέστατ' ἂν λέξειεν A.Ag.37

    , etc.: [tense] fut. opt. is f.l. in Pl.Tht. 164a: with [tense] pres. ind. in apod., Xenoph.34.3, Democr.253: with [tense] fut.ind., Meliss.5.
    b in Hom.sts. with [tense] pres. opt., to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Il.23.274: rarely in Trag., εἰ μὴ κνίζοι ( = εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568; also

    εἰ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.Grg. 469c

    .
    2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subj. in present time, supr. 11.2); once in Hom.,

    εἴ τίς με.. ἐνίπτοι, ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ'.. κατέρυκες Il.24.768

    ; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see ( whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, X.Cyr.5.3.55, cf. An.4.5.13, Mem.4.2.40; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Th. 8.66;

    ἀλλ' εἴ τι μὴ φέροιμεν, ὤτρυνεν φέρειν E.Alc. 755

    . For εἰ c. ind. in this sense v. supr. 1.1: ind. and opt. are found in same sentence,

    ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ' εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο X.Ages.11.3

    .
    3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν c. subj. or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the ind. in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) X.HG6.4.6, cf. D.21.104, X.HG5.2.2; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι) ib.32, cf. An.6.6.25; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίψ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Id.Cyr.3.1.3; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), D.18.145;

    ἐβούλοντο γὰρ σφίσιν, εἴ τινα λάβοιεν, ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον, ἢν ἄρα τύχωσί τινες ἐζωγρημένοι Th.2.5

    .
    4 c. opt. with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis, cf. Pl.Prt. 329b, D.4.18, X.Mem.1.5.3 (v.

    ἄν A. 111

    . d).
    IV c. INF., in oratio obliqua, only in Hdt.,

    εἰ γὰρ δὴ δεῖν πάντως περιθεῖναι ἄλλῳ τέῳ τὴν βασιληΐην, [ἔφη] δικαιότερον εἶναι κτλ. 1.129

    ;

    εἰ εἶναι τοῦτο μὴ φίλον 2.64

    , cf. 172, 3.105, 108.
    V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ c. ind. is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ' ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ' ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν .. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., D.4.43;

    οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ εἰ μὴ δίκην δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὴ καὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθήσεται ἀγανακτεῖ Aeschin.3.147

    : after past tenses,

    ἐθαύμασε δ' εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν X.Mem.1.1.13

    ;

    δεινὸν εἰσῄει, εἰ μὴ.. δόξει D.19.33

    ;

    ἐθαύμαζον εἴ τι ἕξει τις χρήσασθαι τῷ λόγῳ Pl.Phd. 95a

    ;

    οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνθη εἰ.. ἐπάγει D.21.105

    : in oratio obliqua (expressed or implied) c. opt., ἐπεῖπεν ὡς δεινὸν (sc. εἴη)

    εἰ.. μεγαλόψυχος γένοιτο Aeschin.2.157

    ;

    ᾤκτιρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο X.An.1.4.7

    ; ἐθαύμαζε δ' εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Id.Mem.1.2.7; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Pl.R. 450a:—in this use the neg. οὐ is also found,

    ἀγανακτῶ εἰ ὁ Φίλιππος ἁρπάζων οὐ λυπεῖ D.8.55

    ;

    δεινὸν ἂν εἴη εἰ οἱ ἐκείνων ξύμμαχοι οὐκ ἀπεροῦσιν Th.1.121

    ;

    τέρας λέγεις, εἰ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο λαθεῖν Pl.Men. 91d

    , etc.
    VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ' ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Il.3.180, al.;

    εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει 4.321

    ; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Hdt.5.97, cf. 1.60,al.
    VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS:
    1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Th.6.100; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ' ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Ar.Av. 120; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Il.1.408, cf. 66, Od.1.94, 3.92; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Pl.R. 358b; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, ib. 434a.
    2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Il.1.580; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, 1.135, cf. 6.150, Ar.Pl. 468; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή .. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Th.3.3, cf. Pl.Prt. 325d.
    3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions:
    a εἰ μή except,

    οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Hdt. 1.200

    ; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ' [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Ar.Th. 898; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only,

    ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73

    , cf. 1.45, 2.20;

    εἰ μὴ εἰ Th.1.17

    , Pl.Grg. 480b, etc.; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Id.Men. 86e; ironical,

    εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλεια διαφθορά ἐστιν X.Mem.1.2.8

    ;

    εἰ μή πέρ γε τὸν ὑοσκύαμον χρήματα εἶναι φήσομεν Id.Oec.1.13

    .
    b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise,

    προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Hdt.6.37

    , cf. 56; after μάλιστα μέν, Th.1.32,35, etc.:—after a preceding neg., μὴ τύπτ'· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ' αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Ar.Nu. 1433;

    ὦ Κῦρε, μὴ οὕτω λέγε· εἰ δὲ μή, οὐ θαρροῦντά με ἕξεις X.Cyr.3.1.35

    ;

    οὔτ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή Id.An.4.3.6

    , cf. Th.1.28, 131, Pl.Phd. 91c.
    c εἰ δέ sts. stands for

    εἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ', ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Pl.Euthd. 285c

    , cf. Smp. 212c;

    εἰ δ' οὖν S.Ant. 722

    ;

    εἰ δ' οὕτως Arist.EN 1094a24

    ; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Str.2.1.29.
    d εἰ γάρ for if so, Id.7.3.6.
    e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any,

    τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς B.5.5

    ;

    ὄτλον ἄλγιστον ἔσχον, εἴ τις Αἰτωλὶς γυνή S.Tr.8

    , cf. OC 734; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, E.Andr.6, etc.;

    εἴ τινες καὶ ἄλλοι Hdt.3.2

    , etc.;

    εἴπερ τις ἄλλος Pl.R. 501d

    ; also κατ' εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, IG 5(2).6.27 ([place name] Tegea).
    f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever,

    ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Th.4.20

    , cf. Ar.Eq. 594;

    αἴ ποτα κἄλλοτα Alc.Supp.7.11

    , cf. X.An.6.4.12, etc.; but in prayers,

    εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Il.1.39

    .
    g εἴ ποθεν (sc. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, S.Ph. 1204 (lyr.); so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Id.Aj. 885 (lyr.);

    εἴ που Od.4.193

    .
    h εἴ πως ib. 388, X.An.2.3.11: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. 1),

    πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἴ πως πείσειαν Th.1.58

    .
    VIII with other PARTICLES:
    2 for ὡς εἰ, ὡς εἴ τε, ὥσπερ εἰ, etc., v. ὡς and ὥσπερ.
    3 for εἰ ἄρα, v. ἄρα; for εἰ δή, εἴπερ, v. εἰ δή, εἴπερ; for εἴ γε, v. γέ.
    IX in neg. oaths, = Hebr. im, LXXPs.94(95).11, Ev.Marc.8.12, al.
    C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, folld. by the ind., subj., or opt., according to the principles of oratio obliqua:
    1 with IND. after primary tenses, representing the same tense in the direct question, σάφα δ' οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ θεός ἐστιν whether he is a god, Il.5.183;

    εἰ ξυμπονήσεις.. σκόπει S.Ant.41

    .
    2 with SUBJ. after primary tenses, representing a dubitative subj. in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, X.Cyr.8.4.16: sts. elliptical,

    ἐς τὰ χρηστήρια ἔπεμπε, εἰ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας Hdt.1.75

    .
    3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερος;), Pl.Ap. 21a;

    ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα Hdt.1.60

    : rarely [tense] aor. opt. for the [tense] aor. ind., ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσας;), D.50.55: but [tense] aor. opt. usually represents [tense] aor. subj., τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ' ἀπ' αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Th.1.25:—in both constructions the ind. or subj. may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ib. 119; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Id.2.4; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Aeschin.2.68.
    4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄν;), X.An.4.8.7.
    5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Hdt.1.90, etc.; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ' εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλεται; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Pl.R. 349b:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. ; εἰ.. εἴτε.. ; εἴτε.. ἢ .., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause,

    ὅπως ἴδῃς εἴτ' ἔνδον εἴτ' οὐκ ἔνδον S.Aj.7

    ;

    σκοπῶμεν εἰ ἡμῖν πρέπει ἢ οὔ Pl.R. 451d

    ; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖν ib. 339a;

    πολλὰ ἂν περιεσκέψω, εἴτε ἐπιτρεπτέον εἴτε οὔ·.. οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ συμβουλὴν ποιῇ, εἴτε χρὴ ἐπιτρέπειν σαυτὸν αὐτῷ εἴτε μή Id.Prt. 313a

    , 313b;

    ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα, εἴτε θυγάτηρ ἦν Κίρωνος εἴτε μή, καὶ εἰ παρ' ἐκείνῳ διῃτᾶτο ἢ οὔ, καὶ γάμους εἰ διττοὺς ὑπὲρ ταύτης εἱστίασεν ἢ μὴ.. πάντα ταῦτα εἰδέναι τοὺς οἰκέτας Is.8.9

    ; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰ

  • 14 NEMA

    * * *
    I)
    conj.
    1) except, save, but;
    þoriga ek segja nema þér einum, I dare not tell any one save thee alone;
    engi … nema, no … but, no (not any) other than (Grani vildi undir øngum manni ganga nema Sigurði);
    2) with subj. unless;
    engir þóttu lögligir dómar dœmdir, nema hann væri við, unless he had a hand in them;
    nema ek hálsaða herjans stilli einu sinni, save that I once fell on the king’s neck;
    4) veit ek eigi nema, hverr veit nema, I don’t know, (who knows) but that;
    may be, perhaps (hverr veit nema ek verða víða frægr um síðir);
    5) því at eins, nema, only in the case, if;
    ráðit þér því at eins á þá nema þér séð allir sem øruggastir, do not attack them unless you are all most steadfast and dauntless;
    6) nema heldr, but rather (eigi má þat menn kalla, nema heldr hunda);
    7) nor, = né, hvárki sverð nema øxi, neither sword nor axe.
    (nem; nam, námum; numinn), v.
    1) to take, take in use, take possession of (ef þú nemr þér jörð á Íslandi);
    nema land, to take possession of land, as a settler (hann nam Eyjafjörð allan);
    nema konu, to carry off, abduct a woman;
    nema stað or staðar, stop, halt (hér munum vér stað or staðar nema);
    nema yndi, to find rest in a place (hvárki nam hann yndi á Íslandi né í Noregi);
    2) nema e-n e-u, to bereave one of a thing (nema e-n höfði, aldri, fjörvi);
    3) to reach, touch (pilzit var svá sítt, at nam hæl);
    hvárt nam þik eða eigi, did it touch thee or not? þótt þik nótt um nemi, though the night overtake thee;
    4) to amount to, be equivalent to (honum þótti landauðn nema);
    5) as an auxiliary verb, with infin.;
    hann nam at vaxa ok vel dafna, he grew apace and throve well;
    inn nam at ganga, he stepped in;
    6) to percieve, catch, hear, of sound;
    varð þá svá mikit úhljóð, at engi nam annars mál, that no one could hear the other’s voice;
    eigi skulu vér þat mál svá nema, we shall not understand it so;
    7) to learn (nema lög, fjölkyngi);
    to learn by heart (vísur þessar námu margir);
    nema e-t at (or af) e-m, to learn, get information, about a thing from one (Glúmr hafði numit þenna atburð at þeim manni, er hét Arnór);
    8) with preps. and advs.:
    nema e-t af, to abolish (var sú heiðni af numin sem önnur);
    nema brott konu, to carry off a woman;
    nema eptir e-u, to imitate;
    nema e-t frá, to except (nema konur eða þeir menn, er hann næmi frá);
    nema e-t upp, to pick up (nam ek upp rúnar);
    nema við, to resist, make a stand (hann vill enn við nema, þótt liðsmunr væri mikill);
    to stop, halt (þar námu þeir Hrafn við í nesinu);
    nema við e-u, to touch (gaddhjaltit nam við borðinu);
    to be a hindrance to (ef þat nemr við förinni, at þú þykkist hafa fé of lítit);
    impers., nemr við e-u, there is an obstacle, or stop (en er þeir kómu at kirkjudurum, þá nam þar við);
    9) refl., nemast e-t, to refuse, withhold from doing;
    nemast förina, to refuse to go;
    nemast orðsendingar hans, to disregard his messages;
    also with infin. (hann bað hann eigi nemast með öllu at gøra sem bœndr vildu).
    * * *
    1.
    conj. [compounded of the negative particle ne, and the adverb if or ef (q. v.) in an older dissyllabic form ifa; for the change of f into m see the introduction; cp. Ulf. nibai; A. S. nemne, nimne; O. H. G. nibu, nibi, nubi; Hel. nebu; early Swed. num; cp. Lat. ni-si, see Grimm’s Gramm. iii. 724.]
    B. Except, save, but; manngi, nema einn Agnarr, Gm. 2; nema þér einum, Vkv. 24; allra nema einna, 26, Ls. 11; nema við þat lík at lifa, Hm. 96; nema sá einn Áss, Ls. 11; hvar kómu feðr várir þess, … hvar nema alls hvergi? Ísl. ii. 236; öngu nema lífinu, Nj. 7; öllu gózi nema búinu, Fms. ix. 470; engi nema þú einn, Barl. 207; engi nema Bergþórr, Fms. vii. 141; kom viðrinn á kirkju-sand, nema tvau tré kómu á Raufarnes, save that two trees came to R., Landn. 51, v. l.; Ólafr hafði mörg sár ok flest smá, nema tvau vóru nökkvi mest, Fb. i. 501; nema ek hélt, Óg. 23; þeir blandask eyvitar við aðra ísa nema sér einum heldr hann, Sks. 176 B; vætki of sýti’k nema hræðumk helvíti, Hallfred; lét Koðran skíra sik ok hjú hans öll, nema Ormr vildi eigi við trú taka, Bs. i. 5.
    II. with subj. unless; aldrei, nema okkr væri báðum borit, Ls 9; nema þú hánum vísir … eða mey nemir, Hkv. 1. 19; nema ek dauðr sjá’k, 20; nema geðs viti, Hm. 19; nema hann mæli til mart, 26; nema haldendr eigi, 28; nema til kynnis komi, 32; nema reisi niðr at nið, 71; nema einir viti, 97; nema ek þik hafa, Hkv. Hjörv. 7; nema sjálfr ali, Stor. 16; nema þeir felldi hann, Edda 36; öngir þóttu lögligir dómar nema hann væri í, Nj. 1; nema maðr verði sjúkr eða sárr, Grág. i. 141; nema lands-fólkit kristnaðisk, Hkr. i. 248; nema mér banni hel, Fb. ii. 59; hann heyrði eigi nema æpt væri at honum, Fms. iv. 204, and in countless instances in old and mod. usage.
    2. in phrases such as ‘veit ek eigi nema …,’ like Lat. nescio an, implying an affirmation; þú veizt eigi nema sá verði fégjarn, Sks. 28; nú veit ek eigi nema nökkurr verði virðing af at hafa þessu máli, Band. 34 new Ed.; hverr veit nema ek verða víða frægr um síðir, who can tell but that I shall be a widely known man some day? Fms. vi. (in a verse); nú veit ek eigi nema yðr þykki minna vega mín reiði en Sigurðar konungs, now know I not if, vii. 141; eigi veit ek nema þetta væri ráðligt, en eigi má ek þat vita …, viii. 95:—with indic., kveðkat ek dul nema hún hefir, there is no doubt but that she has, Ýt. 7; hver sé if nema rögn stýra, who can doubt that? Vellekla.
    III. irreg. usages; ef nokkurr maðr ferr á jörðu, nema (in the case that, supposing that) sá vili á búa, sem fé á í jörðu, þá rænir sá hann, Gþl. 357: því at eins, nema, only in that case, if ( but not else); ráðit þér því at eins á þá nema pér sét allir sem öruggastir, only in the case if, i. e. do not attack them unless, Nj. 228; því at eins mun hann sættask vilja, nema hann gjaldi ekki, 254; skal hann því at eins í braut hafa þann hval, nema hann láti bera vitni, Jb. 326: þat man því at eins, nema ek nái ráða-hag við Melkorku, Ld. 70; því at eins ferjanda, nema fjörbaugr komi fram, Nj. 240; oss þykkir þú því at eins veita skylda þjónustu konungi, nema þú leggir af tignar-klæðin, Fms. ix. 432.
    2. nema heldr, but rather; eigi má þat menn kalla, nema heldr hunda, not men, but rather dogs, Bær. 9; sver ek eigi at eins fyrir mik, nema heldr fyrir allra þeirra sálir, Gþl. 69; hón hafði eigi hreinlífi at eins, nema heldr ok alla gæzku, Hom. 128; nema enn, but on the contrary; at glæpask eigi lengr í félags-skap við Philistim, nema enn skulu þér …, Stj. 412, 428, 442: eigi at eins óttaðisk hann um sjálfs síns líf, nema jamvel um alla aðra sína frændr, but also, Barl. 73: fyrr nema = fyrr enn, fyrr skal dólga dynr, nema ek dauðr sják (= fyrr en ek sé dauðr), Hkv. 1. 20:—hefi ek vist sét þat gull, at öngum mun er verra, nema betra sé, which is not worse, if it is not even better, Fb. i. 348.
    2.
    pres. nem; pret. nam, namt, nam, pl. námu; subj. næmi; part. numinn, older nominn, N. G. L. i. 200, Hom. 100; with neg., suff. nam-a, Hkv. 2. 15; a pret. numdi in mod. usage, formed from the part. numinn, as if from a verb nymja; örvaðist geð á allan hátt er eg numdi sjónum föður-landið heldr hátt hafít upp úr sjónum, Eggert: [Ulf. niman = λαμβάνειν; A. S. neman; Germ. nehmen; freq. in Early Engl.; in mod. Engl., where it is superseded by the Scandin. taka, it survives in nimble and numb = A. S. be-numen = lcel. numinn.]
    A. To take; the use of the word in this, its proper sense, is limited, for taka (q. v.) is the general word, whereas nema remains in special usages; nema upp, to pick up, Hm. 140; nema e-n ór nauðum, Fsm.; þar er gull numit upp í söndum, Rb. 350; at hann nemr hann ór kviðnum, ok kveða á hvert hann nemr hann ór sínu órnámi, eða annars manns, Grág. i. 51; reifa mál þeirra er ór dóminum eru numnir, 79; hann á kost at nema þá upp alla senn, 51:—nema af, to abolish; þessi heiðni var af numin á fára vetra fresti, Nj. 165, Íb. 4:—nema frá, to except; nema konur eða þeir menn er hann næmi frá, 5; á þeim tíðum er uú eru frá numnar, Grág. i. 325:—upp numinn, taken up into heaven; Enoch var upp numinn, Stj. 41.
    2. to take by force, seize upon; þá menn er konu hafa numit ( carried off), Grág. i. 354; hann nam sér konu af Grikklandi, Rb. 404; Jupiter þá er hann nam Europam, 732. 17; Björn nam Þóru á brott, Eg. 155; ek nam konu þessa er hér er hjá mér, Nj. 131; hann segir hann hafa numit sik í burt af Grænlandi undan Sólar-fjöllum, Bárð. 32 new Ed.: nema nes-nám, Danir ok Svíar herjuðu mjök í Vestr-víking ok kómu þá opt í Eyjarnar er þeir fóru vestr eða vestan, ok námu þar nesnám, Fms. iv. 229, (see nesnám, landnám):—in a lawful sense, nema land, to take possession of a land, as a settler (landnám II); hann nam Eyjafjörð allan.
    3. nema e-n e-u, to bereave one of a thing; nema e-n höfði, aldri, fjörvi, Gkv. 2. 31, 42; verða ek á fitjum þeim er mik Niðaðar námu rekkar, Vkv.; hví namtú hann sigri þá? Em. 6; sigri numnir, Fms. xi. 306 (in a verse); numinn máli, bereft of speech, Geisli 34; fjörvi numna, life-bereft, Eb. (in a verse); hann lá þar lami ok öllu megni numinn, Hom. 116; þar til er lands-menn námu þá ráðum, used force, coerced them, Bs. i. 24; ríkir menn verða þá ráðum nomnir, Hom. 100; ef hann vill eigi nema trúa því, if he will not believe it, N. G. L. i. 88.
    4. to reach, touch, hit; í hvítu pilzi, þat var svá sítt at þat nam hæl, Fas. ii. 343; nema hjöltin við neðra gómi, Edda 20; allir þeir sem oddrinn nam, Skíða R. 183; hvárt nam þik eðr eigi! Nj. 97; ok nema hann þar nauðsynjar, at hann má eigi lík færa, and if he is held back by necessity, N. G. L. i. 14, K. Á. 70; þótt þik nótt um nemi, if the night overtake thee, Sdm. 26: hence the saying, láta þar nótt sem nemr, to leave it to the night as it takes one = to take no care of the morrow:—nema stað, to take up one’s position, halt, Nj. 133, 197, Fms. i. 167, vii. 68, Eg. 237.
    5. spec. phrases; Kolskeggr nam þar eigi yndi, Nj. 121; ef hann vildi þar staðfestask ok nema yndi, Fms. i. 103:—nema staðar = nema stað, Nj. 54, 205, 265, Ld. 104, Stj. 486, Fms. i. 206: of a weapon, hefi ek þat sverð er hvergi nemr í höggi stað, I have so keen a sword that it never stops in its stroke, i. e. it cuts clean through anything, Fas. ii. 535; oddrinn nam í brynjunni staðar, Al. 76; svá at staðar nam (naf Cod. Reg.) höndin við sporðinn, Edda 40; nema hvíld, to take rest, Alm. 1; nema veiðar, to take the prey, to hunt, Hým. 1.
    6. to amount to, be equivalent to; ef eigi nemr kúgildi, Grág. ii. 233; honum þótti landauðn nema, Íb. 4; það nemr öngu, litlu, miklu, it is of no, of small, of great importance; bríkr þær er greyping hefir numit, Gþl. 345.
    7. nema við, to strike against so as to stop, come no further; nam þar við ok gékk eigi lengra, Fms. xi. 278; en gadd-hjaltið nam við borðinu, Eb. 36.
    8. metaph. to stop, halt; hér munu vér við nema, Finnb. 236; þar námu þeir Hrafn við í nesinu, Ísl. ii. 266; hann býsk við, ok vill enn við nema, þótt liðs-munr væri mikill, Bjarn. 54; konungr verðr glaðr við er hann skal fyrir hafa funnit þá menn er eigi spara viðr at nema, Al. 46; en ef þat nemr við förinni, at þú þykisk hafa fé oflítið, þá …, Ld. 70; er þat úvizka at bera eigi slíkt, ok mun þat eigi við nema, Glúm. 327; at konungr mundi fátt láta við nema, at sættir tækisk, i. e. that he would do anything for the sake of peace, Eg. 210.
    II. as an auxiliary verb, emphatic, like Engl. do, did, with infin.; Höðr nam skjóta (H. did shoot) … sá nam einnættr vega, Vsp. 37; þá nam at vaxa, Hkv. 1. 9; hann nam at vaxa (he ‘took to growing’) ok vel dafna, Rm. 19; inn nam at ganga, 2; lind nam at skelfa, 9, 35; nam hón sér Högna heita at rúnum, Skv. 3. 14; róa námu ríki, they did row mightily, Am. 35; nam hann vittugri valgaldr kveða, Vtkv. 4; nama Högna mær of hug mæla, Hkv. 2. 15; þat nam at mæla, Og. 9: seldom in prose, ek nam eigi trúa á þat er hann sagði, Post.; Falka hestr Þiðreks nemr þetta at sjá, Þiðr. 117.
    B. Metaph. to take in a mental sense or by the senses, to perceive, like Lat. apprehendere, comprehendere, freq. in old and mod. usage:
    I. to perceive, catch, hear, of sound; en svá mikill ákafi var at hvassleik veðrsins þá er konungr tók at mæla, at varla námu þeir er næstir vóru, Fms. viii. 55; sem þeir vóru langt brottu komnir, svá at þó mátti nema kail milli þeirra ok manna Saul, Stj. 486; þeir skulu svá nær sitjask, at hvárirtveggju nemi orð annarra, Grág. i. 69; engi nam mál annars, Nj. 164; mál nam í milli þeirra, Fms. v. 31; eigi skulu vér þat mál svá nema, we shall not understand it so, Hom. 156.
    II. to learn; klök nam fugla, Rm.; hann hafði numit svá lög, at hann var enn þriðr mestr laga-maðr á Íslandi, Nj. 164; inir hæstu turnar hafa numit honum at hníga, Al. 90; nú var Þórir þar ok nam þar fjölkyngi, Fb. iii. 245; Óðinn var göfgastr, ok at honum námu þeir allir íþróttirnar, Hkr. i; nema nám, to take in, acquire learning, Bs. i. 92, 127; see nám:—to ‘catch,’ learn by heart, þær kváðu vísur þessar en hann nam, Nj. 275; vísur þessar námu menn þegar, Ó. H. 207; en hinn nemi, er heyrir á, Darrl.; Þórdís nam þegar vísuna, Gísl. 33:—to learn from, þvar namtu þessi hnæfilegu orð? nam ek at mönnum …, Hbl.; nema ráð, Hm.; menn nemi mál mín ! Ó. H. (in a verse):—nema e-t at e-m, to learn something, derive information from one, ek hefi hér verit at nema kunnustu at Finnum, Fms. i. 8; hann nam lögspeki at Þorsteini, Ísl. ii. 205; hann nam kunnáttu at Geirríði, Eb. 44; Glúmr hafði numit þenna atburð at þeim manni er hét Arnórr, Fms. i. 266; en Oddr nam at Þorgeiri afráðs-koll …, Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði Snorra dóttur Goða … hann hafði numit af gömlum mönnum ok vitrum, … eptir því sem vér höfum numit af fróðum mönnum, … þótt hverr maðr hafi síðan numit at öðrum, … ok hafa menn síðan at þeim numit, Ó. H. (pref.); nemi þér af mér, Fms. viii. 55.
    C. Reflex., prop. to take, seize for oneself:
    1. to take by force; ef maðr nemsk konu, ok samþykkjask þau síðan, þá …, H. E. i. 247.
    β. to stop; ok hafða ek þat sverð, sem aldri hefir í höggi stað numisk (= numit), Fas. ii. 208; friðr namsk, ceased.
    γ. to refuse, withhold from doing; hann bað hann eigi nemask með öllu at göra sem bændr vildu, Hkr. i. 142; hverr bóndi er þat nemsk ( who makes default), gjaldi …, K. Á. 40; þar var kominn fjöldi liðs ór Austr-löndum til móts við hann, ok námusk förina ( refused to go) ef hann kæmi eigi, Fb. ii. 71; en ef maðr nemsk leiðangrs-görð, eðr leiðangrs-ferð, þá hafi ármaðr sótt þat fyrr en skip komi á hlunn, … at hann hafi leiðangr görvan ok eigi fyrir nomisk, N. G. L. i. 200; en þó vil ek eigi fyrir minn dauða at nemask ( disregard) hans orðsendingar, O. H. L. 29.
    2. to learn; láttú nemask þat, learn, take heed that, Skv. 1, passim; eptir þetta nemask af aptrgöngur hans, Ld. 54.
    II. part. numinn, as adj. numb, seized, palsied; hann var allr numinn öðrum megin, ok mátti eigi mæla hálfum munni, Ann.; þá varð ek sem ek væra numinn, Mar.; vera frá sér numinn, to be beside oneself, from joy, astonishment, or the like, cp. the references above (A. 3).

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > NEMA

  • 15 वा


    vā
    1) ind. orﾠ (excluded, like the Lat. ve, from the first place in a sentence, andﾠ generally immediately following, rarely andﾠ only m.c. preceding, the word to which it refers) RV. etc. etc. (often used in disjunctive sentences;

    vā-vā, either - orﾠ, on the one side - on the other;
    navā - vā orﾠ na - vā, neither - nor;
    vāna-vā, either not - orﾠ;
    yadivā-vā, whether - orﾠ;
    in a sentence containing more than two members vā is nearly always repeated, although if a negative is in the first clause it need not be so repeated;
    vā is sometimes interchangeable with ca andﾠ api, andﾠ is frequently combined with other particles, esp. with atha, athô, uta, kim, yad, yadi q.v. <e.g.. athavā, « orﾠ else» >;
    it is alsoﾠ sometimes used as an expletive);
    either- orﾠ not, optionally KātyṠr. Mn. etc. (in gram. vā is used in a rule to denote its being optional e.g.. Pāṇ. 1-2, 13; 35 etc..);
    as, like (= iva) PārGṛ. MBh. etc.;
    just, even, indeed, very (= eva, laying stress on the preceding word) KātyṠr. Kāv. ;
    but even if, even supposing (followed by a future) Pañc. V, 36/37 ;
    however, nevertheless Bādar. Bālar. ;
    (after a rel. orﾠ interr.) possibly, perhaps, I dare say MBh. Kāv. etc.
    (e.g.. kiṉvāṡakuntalêtyasyamāturākhyā, « is his mother's name perhaps Ṡakuntalā?» Ṡak. VII, 20/21 ;
    kovā orﾠ kevā followed by a negative may in such cases be translated by « every one, all»
    e.g.. kevānasyuḥparibhava-padaṉnishphalâ̱ram-bha-yatnāḥ, « everybody whose efforts are fruitless is an object of contempt» Megh. 55)
    2) cl. 2. P. Dhātup. XXIV, 42 ;
    vā́ti (pf. vavau Br. MBh. etc.;
    aor. avāsīt Br. ;
    fut. vāsyati Megh. ;
    inf. vātum Hariv.), to blow (as the wind) RV. etc. etc.;
    to procure orﾠ bestow anything (acc.) by blowing RV. I, 89, 4 ;
    to blow towards orﾠ upon (acc.) MBh. XII, 2798 ;
    to emit an odour, be diffused (as perfume) ṠBr. ;
    to smell (trans.) Vikr. IV, 41 (v.l.);
    to hurt, injure Vop.:
    Caus. vāpayati seeﾠ nir-vā andﾠ cf. vājaya:
    Desid. vivāsati seeﾠ 1. van
    + cf. Gk. ἄημι for φφαημι;
    Lat. ventus;
    Slav. vejati;
    Goth. waian, winds;
    Germ. wâjan, woejen, wehen, Wind;
    Angl. Sax. wâwan;
    Eng. wind

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > वा

  • 16 -ne

    1.
    nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > -ne

  • 17 n'

    1.
    nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > n'

  • 18 ne

    1.
    nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ne

  • 19 pindi

    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi
    [Swahili Plural] pindi
    [English Word] bend
    [English Plural] bends
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    [Derived Language] Swahili
    [Derived Word] -pinda
    [Swahili Example] pindi ya mto
    [English Example] bend of a river
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi
    [Swahili Plural] mapindi
    [English Word] twist
    [English Plural] twists
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 5/6
    [Derived Language] Swahili
    [Derived Word] -pinda
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi
    [Swahili Plural] pindi
    [English Word] curve
    [English Plural] curves
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    [Derived Language] Swahili
    [Derived Word] -pinda
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi
    [Swahili Plural] pindi
    [English Word] turn
    [English Plural] turns
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    [Derived Language] Swahili
    [Derived Word] -pinda
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi
    [Swahili Plural] pindi
    [English Word] coil
    [English Plural] coils
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    [Derived Language] Swahili
    [Derived Word] -pinda
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi
    [Swahili Plural] pindi
    [English Word] winding
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    [Derived Language] Swahili
    [Derived Word] -pinda
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi
    [Swahili Plural] pindi
    [English Word] time (division or interval of)
    [English Plural] times
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    [Derived Language] Swahili
    [Derived Word] -pinda
    [Swahili Example] pindi za mchana
    [English Example] the times of the day
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi
    [Swahili Plural] pindi
    [English Word] period (of time)
    [English Plural] periods
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    [Derived Language] Swahili
    [Derived Word] -pinda
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi
    [Swahili Plural] pindi
    [English Word] course (of time)
    [English Plural] courses
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    [Derived Language] Swahili
    [Derived Word] -pinda
    [Swahili Example] tutaonana pindi mwakani
    [English Example] we will see each other in the course of the next year
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi
    [Swahili Plural] pindi
    [English Word] lapse (of time)
    [English Plural] lapses
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    [Derived Language] Swahili
    [Derived Word] -pinda
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi ya mchana
    [Swahili Plural] pindi za mchana
    [English Word] time period of the day
    [English Plural] time periods of the day
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 11
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi ya chakula
    [Swahili Plural] pindi za chakula
    [English Word] mealtime
    [English Plural] mealtimes
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi ya mti
    [Swahili Plural] pindi za mti
    [English Word] growth ring (in a tree)
    [English Plural] growth rings
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi
    [English Word] when
    [Part of Speech] conjunction
    [Swahili Example] na huo mshahara ungemsaidia nini pindi wenye mishahara mikubwa zaidi wanalala njaa? [Mt]
    [English Example] and what could that salary have helped him with when those with bigger salaries are sleeping hungry
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi
    [English Word] if
    [Part of Speech] conjunction
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi
    [English Word] although
    [Part of Speech] conjunction
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] pindi
    [English Word] supposing
    [Part of Speech] conjunction
    ------------------------------------------------------------

    Swahili-english dictionary > pindi

  • 20 अथ _atha

    अथ (Ved. अथा) ind. [अर्थ्-ड, पृषोद˚ रलोपः Tv.] A particle used at the beginning (of works) mostly as a sign of auspiciousness, and translated by 'here', 'now' (begins) (मङ्गल, आरम्भ, अधिकार) (Properly speaking 'auspiciousness' or मङ्गल is not the sense of अथ, but the very utterance or hearing of the word is considered to be indicative of auspiciousness, as the word is supposed to have em- anated from the throat of Brahmā ओंकारश्चाथशब्दश्च द्वावेतौ ब्रह्मणः पुरा । कण्ठं भित्त्वा विनिर्यातौ तेन माङ्गलिकावुभौ ॥ and therefore we find in Śāṅkara Bhāṣya अर्थान्तरप्रयुक्तः अथशब्दः श्रुत्या मङ्गलमारचयति); अथ निर्वचनम्; अथ योगानुशासनम्; अथेदं प्रारभ्यते द्वितीयं तन्त्रम् Pt.2. (usually followed by इति at the end, इति प्रथमो$ङ्कः here ends &c.).
    -2 Then, afterwards (आनन्तर्य) अथ प्रजानामधिपः प्रभाते R.2.1; often as a correlative of यदि or चेत्; न चेन्मुनिकुमारो$यं अथ को$स्य व्यपदेशः Ś.7; मुहूर्तादुपरि उपाध्याय- श्चेदागच्छेत् अथ त्वं छन्दो$धीष्व P.III.3.9. Sk.
    -3 If, supposing, now if, in case, but if (पक्षान्तर); अथ कौतुक- मावेदयामि K.144, अथ तु वेत्सि शुचि व्रतमात्मनः पतिकुले तव दास्यमपि क्षमम् ॥ Ś.5.27; अथ मरणमवश्यमेव जन्तोः किमिति मुधा मलिनं यशः कुरुध्वे Ve.3.6. अथ गृह्णाति Ś.7; Ku.5.45; Mu.3.25; Ki.1.44; अथ चास्तमिता त्वमात्मना R.8.51 while, but, on the other hand; oft followed by ततः or तथापि, Bg.2.26;12.9,11; अथ चेत् but if Bg.2. 33;18.58.
    -4 And, so also, likewise (समुच्चय); गणितमथ कलां वैशिकीम् Mk.1. मातृष्वसा मातुलानि श्वश्रूरथ पितृष्वसा । संपूज्या गुरुपत्नीवत् समास्ता गुरुभार्यया ॥ Ms.2.1.31; भीमो$थार्जुनः G.M.
    -5 Used in asking or introducing questions (प्रश्न) oft. with the interrogative word itself; अथ सा तत्रभवती किमाख्यम्य राजर्षेः पत्नी Ś.7; अर्थवान् खलु मे राजशब्दः । अथ भगवाँल्लोकानुग्रहाय कुशली काश्यपः Ś.5; अथ शक्नोषि भोक्तुम् G. M.; अथात्रभवति कथमित्थंभूता M.5; अथ केन प्रयुक्तो$यं पापं चरति पूरुषः । Bg.3.36; अथ भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2; अथ माडव्यं प्रति किमेवं प्रयुक्तम् Ś.6 (अथ may in these two sentences mean 'but').
    -6 Totality, enti- rety (कार्त्स्न्य); अथ धर्मं व्याख्यास्यामः G. M. we shall explain the whole धर्म (धर्म in all its details.) Śi;7.75.
    -7 Doubt, uncertainty (संशय, विकल्प); शब्दो नित्यो $थानित्यः G. M. The senses of अथ usually given by lexicographers are:-अथो$थ स्यातां समुच्चये । मङ्गले संशयारम्भा- धिकारानन्तरेषु च । अन्वादेशे प्रतिज्ञायां प्रश्नसाकल्ययोरपि ॥ Some of these senses are indentical with those in (1), while some are not in general use.
    -Comp. -अतः -अनन्तरम् now, therefore; अथा$तो धर्मजिज्ञासा Ms.1.1.1.
    -अपि moreover, and again &c. (= अथ in most cases); ˚च likewise, also.
    -किम् what else, yes, exactly so, quite so, certainly; सर्वथा अप्सरःसंभवैषा । अथ किम् Ś.1; अपि वृषलमनुरक्ताः प्रकृतयः अथ किम् Mu.1.
    -किमु how much more, so much more.
    -तु but, on the contrary. अथ तु वेत्सि शुचि व्रतमात्मनः । Ś.5.27.
    -वा 1 or (used like the English disjunctive conjunction 'or' and occupying the same place); व्यवहारं परिज्ञाय वध्यः पूज्यो$थवा भवेत् H.1.55; समस्तैरथवा पृथक् Ms.7.198; अथवा-अथवा either-or; वाथ is often used in the same sense with वा; कार्तिके वाथ चैत्रे वा Pt.3.38; साम्ना दानेन भेदेन समस्तैरथवा पृथक् । विजेतुं प्रयतेतारीन्न युद्धेन कदाचन ॥ Ms.7.182; अथापि वा also used in the same sense; एतदेव व्रतं कुर्यु- श्चान्द्रायणमथापि वा 11.117;8.287.
    -2 or rather, or why, or perhaps, is it not so (correcting or modifying a previous statement); why should there be any thought or hesitation about it, or it is no wonder; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् । अथवा कृतं सन्देहेन Ś.1.,1.16; गमिष्याम्युपहास्यताम्...अथवा कृतवाग्द्वारे वंशे$स्मिन् R.1.3-4; अथवा मृदु वस्तु हिंसितुम् R.8.45.; दीर्ये किं न सहस्रधाहमथवा रामेण किं दुष्करम् U.6.4; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकमथवा । विवेकभ्रष्टानां भवति विनिपातः शतमुखः Bh.2.1.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अथ _atha

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • other minds — Since Descartes it has been common, but arguably misdirected, to think of knowledge of my own mind as particularly certain, and even as the basis of my knowledge of other things. Once this orientation is adopted, other things become relatively… …   Philosophy dictionary

  • Daily Courant — The Daily Courant was reputed to be the world s first regular daily newspaper, commencing in 1702 from premises in Fleet Street.[1] It was first published on 11 March 1702 by Elizabeth Mallet from her premises against the Ditch at Fleet Bridge .… …   Wikipedia

  • Counterfeit coin problem — Information theory was created in 1948 by Claude Shannon. This theory has notably enriched the field of research into mathematics, economics, biology, psychology, semantics, etc. As an example, this theory recently contributed to quantum… …   Wikipedia

  • science, philosophy of — Branch of philosophy that attempts to elucidate the nature of scientific inquiry observational procedures, patterns of argument, methods of representation and calculation, metaphysical presuppositions and evaluate the grounds of their validity… …   Universalium

  • Existence of God —     The Existence of God     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Existence of God     The topic will be treated as follows:     I. As Known Through Natural Reason     A. The Problem Stated     1. Formal Anti Theism     2. Types of Theism     B.… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Plato: ethics and politics — A.W.Price I Plato followed his teacher Socrates into ethics by way of a question that remained central in Greek thought: what is the relation between the virtues or excellences (aretai) of character, and happiness (eudaimonia)?1 Both concepts… …   History of philosophy

  • Celibacy of the Clergy — • The renunciation of marriage implicitly or explicitly made, for the more perfect observance of chastity, by all those who receive the Sacrament of Orders in any of the higher grades Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Celibacy of the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Epistle To the Romans —     Epistle to the Romans     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Epistle to the Romans     This subject will be treated under the following heads: I. The Roman Church and St. Paul; II. Character, Contents, and Arrangement of the Epistle; III.… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • ancient Greek civilization — ▪ historical region, Eurasia Introduction       the period following Mycenaean civilization, which ended in about 1200 BC, to the death of Alexander the Great, in 323 BC. It was a period of political, philosophical, artistic, and scientific… …   Universalium

  • Egypt — • Provides information on history, religion, and literature Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Egypt     Egypt     † …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • analytic philosophy — n. a 20th cent. philosophic movement characterized by its method of analyzing concepts and statements in the light of common experience and ordinary language so as to eliminate confusions of thought and resolve many traditional philosophical… …   Universalium

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»